LCOV - code coverage report
Current view: top level - src/backend/optimizer/plan - planner.c (source / functions) Hit Total Coverage
Test: PostgreSQL 19devel Lines: 2449 2523 97.1 %
Date: 2026-02-13 19:18:24 Functions: 63 63 100.0 %
Legend: Lines: hit not hit

          Line data    Source code
       1             : /*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
       2             :  *
       3             :  * planner.c
       4             :  *    The query optimizer external interface.
       5             :  *
       6             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2026, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
       7             :  * Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
       8             :  *
       9             :  *
      10             :  * IDENTIFICATION
      11             :  *    src/backend/optimizer/plan/planner.c
      12             :  *
      13             :  *-------------------------------------------------------------------------
      14             :  */
      15             : 
      16             : #include "postgres.h"
      17             : 
      18             : #include <limits.h>
      19             : #include <math.h>
      20             : 
      21             : #include "access/genam.h"
      22             : #include "access/parallel.h"
      23             : #include "access/sysattr.h"
      24             : #include "access/table.h"
      25             : #include "catalog/pg_aggregate.h"
      26             : #include "catalog/pg_inherits.h"
      27             : #include "catalog/pg_proc.h"
      28             : #include "catalog/pg_type.h"
      29             : #include "executor/executor.h"
      30             : #include "foreign/fdwapi.h"
      31             : #include "jit/jit.h"
      32             : #include "lib/bipartite_match.h"
      33             : #include "lib/knapsack.h"
      34             : #include "miscadmin.h"
      35             : #include "nodes/makefuncs.h"
      36             : #include "nodes/nodeFuncs.h"
      37             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
      38             : #include "nodes/print.h"
      39             : #endif
      40             : #include "nodes/supportnodes.h"
      41             : #include "optimizer/appendinfo.h"
      42             : #include "optimizer/clauses.h"
      43             : #include "optimizer/cost.h"
      44             : #include "optimizer/optimizer.h"
      45             : #include "optimizer/paramassign.h"
      46             : #include "optimizer/pathnode.h"
      47             : #include "optimizer/paths.h"
      48             : #include "optimizer/plancat.h"
      49             : #include "optimizer/planmain.h"
      50             : #include "optimizer/planner.h"
      51             : #include "optimizer/prep.h"
      52             : #include "optimizer/subselect.h"
      53             : #include "optimizer/tlist.h"
      54             : #include "parser/analyze.h"
      55             : #include "parser/parse_agg.h"
      56             : #include "parser/parse_clause.h"
      57             : #include "parser/parse_relation.h"
      58             : #include "parser/parsetree.h"
      59             : #include "partitioning/partdesc.h"
      60             : #include "rewrite/rewriteManip.h"
      61             : #include "utils/acl.h"
      62             : #include "utils/backend_status.h"
      63             : #include "utils/lsyscache.h"
      64             : #include "utils/rel.h"
      65             : #include "utils/selfuncs.h"
      66             : 
      67             : /* GUC parameters */
      68             : double      cursor_tuple_fraction = DEFAULT_CURSOR_TUPLE_FRACTION;
      69             : int         debug_parallel_query = DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF;
      70             : bool        parallel_leader_participation = true;
      71             : bool        enable_distinct_reordering = true;
      72             : 
      73             : /* Hook for plugins to get control in planner() */
      74             : planner_hook_type planner_hook = NULL;
      75             : 
      76             : /* Hook for plugins to get control after PlannerGlobal is initialized */
      77             : planner_setup_hook_type planner_setup_hook = NULL;
      78             : 
      79             : /* Hook for plugins to get control before PlannerGlobal is discarded */
      80             : planner_shutdown_hook_type planner_shutdown_hook = NULL;
      81             : 
      82             : /* Hook for plugins to get control when grouping_planner() plans upper rels */
      83             : create_upper_paths_hook_type create_upper_paths_hook = NULL;
      84             : 
      85             : 
      86             : /* Expression kind codes for preprocess_expression */
      87             : #define EXPRKIND_QUAL               0
      88             : #define EXPRKIND_TARGET             1
      89             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC             2
      90             : #define EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL     3
      91             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES             4
      92             : #define EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL     5
      93             : #define EXPRKIND_LIMIT              6
      94             : #define EXPRKIND_APPINFO            7
      95             : #define EXPRKIND_PHV                8
      96             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE        9
      97             : #define EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM       10
      98             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC          11
      99             : #define EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL  12
     100             : #define EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR          13
     101             : 
     102             : /*
     103             :  * Data specific to grouping sets
     104             :  */
     105             : typedef struct
     106             : {
     107             :     List       *rollups;
     108             :     List       *hash_sets_idx;
     109             :     double      dNumHashGroups;
     110             :     bool        any_hashable;
     111             :     Bitmapset  *unsortable_refs;
     112             :     Bitmapset  *unhashable_refs;
     113             :     List       *unsortable_sets;
     114             :     int        *tleref_to_colnum_map;
     115             : } grouping_sets_data;
     116             : 
     117             : /*
     118             :  * Temporary structure for use during WindowClause reordering in order to be
     119             :  * able to sort WindowClauses on partitioning/ordering prefix.
     120             :  */
     121             : typedef struct
     122             : {
     123             :     WindowClause *wc;
     124             :     List       *uniqueOrder;    /* A List of unique ordering/partitioning
     125             :                                  * clauses per Window */
     126             : } WindowClauseSortData;
     127             : 
     128             : /* Passthrough data for standard_qp_callback */
     129             : typedef struct
     130             : {
     131             :     List       *activeWindows;  /* active windows, if any */
     132             :     grouping_sets_data *gset_data;  /* grouping sets data, if any */
     133             :     SetOperationStmt *setop;    /* parent set operation or NULL if not a
     134             :                                  * subquery belonging to a set operation */
     135             : } standard_qp_extra;
     136             : 
     137             : /* Local functions */
     138             : static Node *preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind);
     139             : static void preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode);
     140             : static void grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
     141             :                              SetOperationStmt *setops);
     142             : static grouping_sets_data *preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root);
     143             : static List *remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause, List *gsets,
     144             :                                       int *tleref_to_colnum_map);
     145             : static void preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root);
     146             : static double preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root,
     147             :                                double tuple_fraction,
     148             :                                int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est);
     149             : static List *preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force);
     150             : static List *extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets);
     151             : static List *reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause);
     152             : static void standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra);
     153             : static double get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
     154             :                                    double path_rows,
     155             :                                    grouping_sets_data *gd,
     156             :                                    List *target_list);
     157             : static RelOptInfo *create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     158             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     159             :                                          PathTarget *target,
     160             :                                          bool target_parallel_safe,
     161             :                                          grouping_sets_data *gd);
     162             : static bool is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root);
     163             : static void create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     164             :                                              RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     165             :                                              RelOptInfo *grouped_rel);
     166             : static RelOptInfo *make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     167             :                                      PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
     168             :                                      Node *havingQual);
     169             : static void create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     170             :                                            RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     171             :                                            RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     172             :                                            const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     173             :                                            grouping_sets_data *gd,
     174             :                                            GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     175             :                                            RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p);
     176             : static void consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     177             :                                         RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     178             :                                         Path *path,
     179             :                                         bool is_sorted,
     180             :                                         bool can_hash,
     181             :                                         grouping_sets_data *gd,
     182             :                                         const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     183             :                                         double dNumGroups);
     184             : static RelOptInfo *create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     185             :                                        RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     186             :                                        PathTarget *input_target,
     187             :                                        PathTarget *output_target,
     188             :                                        bool output_target_parallel_safe,
     189             :                                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     190             :                                        List *activeWindows);
     191             : static void create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     192             :                                    RelOptInfo *window_rel,
     193             :                                    Path *path,
     194             :                                    PathTarget *input_target,
     195             :                                    PathTarget *output_target,
     196             :                                    WindowFuncLists *wflists,
     197             :                                    List *activeWindows);
     198             : static RelOptInfo *create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     199             :                                          RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     200             :                                          PathTarget *target);
     201             : static void create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     202             :                                           RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     203             :                                           RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
     204             :                                           PathTarget *target);
     205             : static RelOptInfo *create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     206             :                                                RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     207             :                                                RelOptInfo *distinct_rel);
     208             : static List *get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root,
     209             :                                               List *needed_pathkeys,
     210             :                                               List *path_pathkeys);
     211             : static RelOptInfo *create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     212             :                                         RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     213             :                                         PathTarget *target,
     214             :                                         bool target_parallel_safe,
     215             :                                         double limit_tuples);
     216             : static PathTarget *make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     217             :                                            PathTarget *final_target);
     218             : static PathTarget *make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     219             :                                                 PathTarget *grouping_target,
     220             :                                                 Node *havingQual);
     221             : static List *postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist);
     222             : static void optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root,
     223             :                                     WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     224             : static List *select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists);
     225             : static void name_active_windows(List *activeWindows);
     226             : static PathTarget *make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     227             :                                             PathTarget *final_target,
     228             :                                             List *activeWindows);
     229             : static List *make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
     230             :                                       List *tlist);
     231             : static PathTarget *make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
     232             :                                           PathTarget *final_target,
     233             :                                           bool *have_postponed_srfs);
     234             : static void adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
     235             :                                   List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs);
     236             : static void add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     237             :                                       RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     238             :                                       RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     239             :                                       const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     240             :                                       grouping_sets_data *gd,
     241             :                                       GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     242             : static RelOptInfo *create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     243             :                                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     244             :                                                  RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     245             :                                                  grouping_sets_data *gd,
     246             :                                                  GroupPathExtraData *extra,
     247             :                                                  bool force_rel_creation);
     248             : static Path *make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root,
     249             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
     250             :                                Path *path,
     251             :                                Path *cheapest_path,
     252             :                                List *pathkeys,
     253             :                                double limit_tuples);
     254             : static void gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel);
     255             : static bool can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root);
     256             : static void apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     257             :                                            RelOptInfo *rel,
     258             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets,
     259             :                                            List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
     260             :                                            bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
     261             :                                            bool tlist_same_exprs);
     262             : static void create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
     263             :                                                 RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     264             :                                                 RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
     265             :                                                 RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
     266             :                                                 const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
     267             :                                                 grouping_sets_data *gd,
     268             :                                                 PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
     269             :                                                 GroupPathExtraData *extra);
     270             : static bool group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     271             :                                  List *targetList,
     272             :                                  List *groupClause);
     273             : static int  common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b);
     274             : static List *generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op,
     275             :                                             List *targetlist);
     276             : static void create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     277             :                                       List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
     278             :                                       SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
     279             : static void create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
     280             :                                         List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
     281             :                                         SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel);
     282             : 
     283             : 
     284             : /*****************************************************************************
     285             :  *
     286             :  *     Query optimizer entry point
     287             :  *
     288             :  * Inputs:
     289             :  *  parse: an analyzed-and-rewritten query tree for an optimizable statement
     290             :  *  query_string: source text for the query tree (used for error reports)
     291             :  *  cursorOptions: bitmask of CURSOR_OPT_XXX flags, see parsenodes.h
     292             :  *  boundParams: passed-in parameter values, or NULL if none
     293             :  *  es: ExplainState if being called from EXPLAIN, else NULL
     294             :  *
     295             :  * The result is a PlannedStmt tree.
     296             :  *
     297             :  * PARAM_EXTERN Param nodes within the parse tree can be replaced by Consts
     298             :  * using values from boundParams, if those values are marked PARAM_FLAG_CONST.
     299             :  * Parameter values not so marked are still relied on for estimation purposes.
     300             :  *
     301             :  * The ExplainState pointer is not currently used by the core planner, but it
     302             :  * is passed through to some planner hooks so that they can report information
     303             :  * back to EXPLAIN extension hooks.
     304             :  *
     305             :  * To support loadable plugins that monitor or modify planner behavior,
     306             :  * we provide a hook variable that lets a plugin get control before and
     307             :  * after the standard planning process.  The plugin would normally call
     308             :  * standard_planner().
     309             :  *
     310             :  * Note to plugin authors: standard_planner() scribbles on its Query input,
     311             :  * so you'd better copy that data structure if you want to plan more than once.
     312             :  *
     313             :  *****************************************************************************/
     314             : PlannedStmt *
     315      467456 : planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     316             :         ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
     317             : {
     318             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     319             : 
     320      467456 :     if (planner_hook)
     321       97508 :         result = (*planner_hook) (parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     322             :                                   boundParams, es);
     323             :     else
     324      369948 :         result = standard_planner(parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     325             :                                   boundParams, es);
     326             : 
     327      462584 :     pgstat_report_plan_id(result->planId, false);
     328             : 
     329      462584 :     return result;
     330             : }
     331             : 
     332             : PlannedStmt *
     333      467456 : standard_planner(Query *parse, const char *query_string, int cursorOptions,
     334             :                  ParamListInfo boundParams, ExplainState *es)
     335             : {
     336             :     PlannedStmt *result;
     337             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
     338             :     double      tuple_fraction;
     339             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     340             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     341             :     Path       *best_path;
     342             :     Plan       *top_plan;
     343             :     ListCell   *lp,
     344             :                *lr;
     345             : 
     346             :     /*
     347             :      * Set up global state for this planner invocation.  This data is needed
     348             :      * across all levels of sub-Query that might exist in the given command,
     349             :      * so we keep it in a separate struct that's linked to by each per-Query
     350             :      * PlannerInfo.
     351             :      */
     352      467456 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
     353             : 
     354      467456 :     glob->boundParams = boundParams;
     355      467456 :     glob->subplans = NIL;
     356      467456 :     glob->subpaths = NIL;
     357      467456 :     glob->subroots = NIL;
     358      467456 :     glob->rewindPlanIDs = NULL;
     359      467456 :     glob->finalrtable = NIL;
     360      467456 :     glob->allRelids = NULL;
     361      467456 :     glob->prunableRelids = NULL;
     362      467456 :     glob->finalrteperminfos = NIL;
     363      467456 :     glob->finalrowmarks = NIL;
     364      467456 :     glob->resultRelations = NIL;
     365      467456 :     glob->appendRelations = NIL;
     366      467456 :     glob->partPruneInfos = NIL;
     367      467456 :     glob->relationOids = NIL;
     368      467456 :     glob->invalItems = NIL;
     369      467456 :     glob->paramExecTypes = NIL;
     370      467456 :     glob->lastPHId = 0;
     371      467456 :     glob->lastRowMarkId = 0;
     372      467456 :     glob->lastPlanNodeId = 0;
     373      467456 :     glob->transientPlan = false;
     374      467456 :     glob->dependsOnRole = false;
     375      467456 :     glob->partition_directory = NULL;
     376      467456 :     glob->rel_notnullatts_hash = NULL;
     377             : 
     378             :     /*
     379             :      * Assess whether it's feasible to use parallel mode for this query. We
     380             :      * can't do this in a standalone backend, or if the command will try to
     381             :      * modify any data, or if this is a cursor operation, or if GUCs are set
     382             :      * to values that don't permit parallelism, or if parallel-unsafe
     383             :      * functions are present in the query tree.
     384             :      *
     385             :      * (Note that we do allow CREATE TABLE AS, SELECT INTO, and CREATE
     386             :      * MATERIALIZED VIEW to use parallel plans, but this is safe only because
     387             :      * the command is writing into a completely new table which workers won't
     388             :      * be able to see.  If the workers could see the table, the fact that
     389             :      * group locking would cause them to ignore the leader's heavyweight GIN
     390             :      * page locks would make this unsafe.  We'll have to fix that somehow if
     391             :      * we want to allow parallel inserts in general; updates and deletes have
     392             :      * additional problems especially around combo CIDs.)
     393             :      *
     394             :      * For now, we don't try to use parallel mode if we're running inside a
     395             :      * parallel worker.  We might eventually be able to relax this
     396             :      * restriction, but for now it seems best not to have parallel workers
     397             :      * trying to create their own parallel workers.
     398             :      */
     399      467456 :     if ((cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_PARALLEL_OK) != 0 &&
     400      438980 :         IsUnderPostmaster &&
     401      438980 :         parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT &&
     402      353646 :         !parse->hasModifyingCTE &&
     403      353498 :         max_parallel_workers_per_gather > 0 &&
     404      352862 :         !IsParallelWorker())
     405             :     {
     406             :         /* all the cheap tests pass, so scan the query tree */
     407      352814 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = max_parallel_hazard(parse);
     408      352814 :         glob->parallelModeOK = (glob->maxParallelHazard != PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE);
     409             :     }
     410             :     else
     411             :     {
     412             :         /* skip the query tree scan, just assume it's unsafe */
     413      114642 :         glob->maxParallelHazard = PROPARALLEL_UNSAFE;
     414      114642 :         glob->parallelModeOK = false;
     415             :     }
     416             : 
     417             :     /*
     418             :      * glob->parallelModeNeeded is normally set to false here and changed to
     419             :      * true during plan creation if a Gather or Gather Merge plan is actually
     420             :      * created (cf. create_gather_plan, create_gather_merge_plan).
     421             :      *
     422             :      * However, if debug_parallel_query = on or debug_parallel_query =
     423             :      * regress, then we impose parallel mode whenever it's safe to do so, even
     424             :      * if the final plan doesn't use parallelism.  It's not safe to do so if
     425             :      * the query contains anything parallel-unsafe; parallelModeOK will be
     426             :      * false in that case.  Note that parallelModeOK can't change after this
     427             :      * point. Otherwise, everything in the query is either parallel-safe or
     428             :      * parallel-restricted, and in either case it should be OK to impose
     429             :      * parallel-mode restrictions.  If that ends up breaking something, then
     430             :      * either some function the user included in the query is incorrectly
     431             :      * labeled as parallel-safe or parallel-restricted when in reality it's
     432             :      * parallel-unsafe, or else the query planner itself has a bug.
     433             :      */
     434      763984 :     glob->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeOK &&
     435      296528 :         (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF);
     436             : 
     437             :     /* Determine what fraction of the plan is likely to be scanned */
     438      467456 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_FAST_PLAN)
     439             :     {
     440             :         /*
     441             :          * We have no real idea how many tuples the user will ultimately FETCH
     442             :          * from a cursor, but it is often the case that he doesn't want 'em
     443             :          * all, or would prefer a fast-start plan anyway so that he can
     444             :          * process some of the tuples sooner.  Use a GUC parameter to decide
     445             :          * what fraction to optimize for.
     446             :          */
     447        4712 :         tuple_fraction = cursor_tuple_fraction;
     448             : 
     449             :         /*
     450             :          * We document cursor_tuple_fraction as simply being a fraction, which
     451             :          * means the edge cases 0 and 1 have to be treated specially here.  We
     452             :          * convert 1 to 0 ("all the tuples") and 0 to a very small fraction.
     453             :          */
     454        4712 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
     455           0 :             tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     456        4712 :         else if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
     457           0 :             tuple_fraction = 1e-10;
     458             :     }
     459             :     else
     460             :     {
     461             :         /* Default assumption is we need all the tuples */
     462      462744 :         tuple_fraction = 0.0;
     463             :     }
     464             : 
     465             :     /*
     466             :      * Compute the initial path generation strategy mask.
     467             :      *
     468             :      * Some strategies, such as PGS_FOREIGNJOIN, have no corresponding enable_*
     469             :      * GUC, and so the corresponding bits are always set in the default
     470             :      * strategy mask.
     471             :      *
     472             :      * It may seem surprising that enable_indexscan sets both PGS_INDEXSCAN
     473             :      * and PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN. However, the historical behavior of this GUC
     474             :      * corresponds to this exactly: enable_indexscan=off disables both
     475             :      * index-scan and index-only scan paths, whereas enable_indexonlyscan=off
     476             :      * converts the index-only scan paths that we would have considered into
     477             :      * index scan paths.
     478             :      */
     479      467456 :     glob->default_pgs_mask = PGS_APPEND | PGS_MERGE_APPEND | PGS_FOREIGNJOIN |
     480             :         PGS_GATHER | PGS_CONSIDER_NONPARTIAL;
     481      467456 :     if (enable_tidscan)
     482      467456 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_TIDSCAN;
     483      467456 :     if (enable_seqscan)
     484      442398 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_SEQSCAN;
     485      467456 :     if (enable_indexscan)
     486      464778 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_INDEXSCAN | PGS_INDEXONLYSCAN;
     487      467456 :     if (enable_indexonlyscan)
     488      465790 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_INDEXONLY;
     489      467456 :     if (enable_bitmapscan)
     490      456158 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_BITMAPSCAN;
     491      467456 :     if (enable_mergejoin)
     492             :     {
     493      465236 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_PLAIN;
     494      465236 :         if (enable_material)
     495      465154 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_MERGEJOIN_MATERIALIZE;
     496             :     }
     497      467456 :     if (enable_nestloop)
     498             :     {
     499      467060 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_PLAIN;
     500      467060 :         if (enable_material)
     501      466832 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MATERIALIZE;
     502      467060 :         if (enable_memoize)
     503      466928 :             glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_NESTLOOP_MEMOIZE;
     504             :     }
     505      467456 :     if (enable_hashjoin)
     506      464862 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_HASHJOIN;
     507      467456 :     if (enable_gathermerge)
     508      467456 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_GATHER_MERGE;
     509      467456 :     if (enable_partitionwise_join)
     510        2484 :         glob->default_pgs_mask |= PGS_CONSIDER_PARTITIONWISE;
     511             : 
     512             :     /* Allow plugins to take control after we've initialized "glob" */
     513      467456 :     if (planner_setup_hook)
     514           0 :         (*planner_setup_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, cursorOptions,
     515             :                                &tuple_fraction, es);
     516             : 
     517             :     /* primary planning entry point (may recurse for subqueries) */
     518      467456 :     root = subquery_planner(glob, parse, NULL, NULL, false, tuple_fraction,
     519             :                             NULL);
     520             : 
     521             :     /* Select best Path and turn it into a Plan */
     522      462992 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
     523      462992 :     best_path = get_cheapest_fractional_path(final_rel, tuple_fraction);
     524             : 
     525      462992 :     top_plan = create_plan(root, best_path);
     526             : 
     527             :     /*
     528             :      * If creating a plan for a scrollable cursor, make sure it can run
     529             :      * backwards on demand.  Add a Material node at the top at need.
     530             :      */
     531      462584 :     if (cursorOptions & CURSOR_OPT_SCROLL)
     532             :     {
     533         266 :         if (!ExecSupportsBackwardScan(top_plan))
     534          32 :             top_plan = materialize_finished_plan(top_plan);
     535             :     }
     536             : 
     537             :     /*
     538             :      * Optionally add a Gather node for testing purposes, provided this is
     539             :      * actually a safe thing to do.
     540             :      *
     541             :      * We can add Gather even when top_plan has parallel-safe initPlans, but
     542             :      * then we have to move the initPlans to the Gather node because of
     543             :      * SS_finalize_plan's limitations.  That would cause cosmetic breakage of
     544             :      * regression tests when debug_parallel_query = regress, because initPlans
     545             :      * that would normally appear on the top_plan move to the Gather, causing
     546             :      * them to disappear from EXPLAIN output.  That doesn't seem worth kluging
     547             :      * EXPLAIN to hide, so skip it when debug_parallel_query = regress.
     548             :      */
     549      462584 :     if (debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_OFF &&
     550         194 :         top_plan->parallel_safe &&
     551         128 :         (top_plan->initPlan == NIL ||
     552           0 :          debug_parallel_query != DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS))
     553             :     {
     554         128 :         Gather     *gather = makeNode(Gather);
     555             :         Cost        initplan_cost;
     556             :         bool        unsafe_initplans;
     557             : 
     558         128 :         gather->plan.targetlist = top_plan->targetlist;
     559         128 :         gather->plan.qual = NIL;
     560         128 :         gather->plan.lefttree = top_plan;
     561         128 :         gather->plan.righttree = NULL;
     562         128 :         gather->num_workers = 1;
     563         128 :         gather->single_copy = true;
     564         128 :         gather->invisible = (debug_parallel_query == DEBUG_PARALLEL_REGRESS);
     565             : 
     566             :         /* Transfer any initPlans to the new top node */
     567         128 :         gather->plan.initPlan = top_plan->initPlan;
     568         128 :         top_plan->initPlan = NIL;
     569             : 
     570             :         /*
     571             :          * Since this Gather has no parallel-aware descendants to signal to,
     572             :          * we don't need a rescan Param.
     573             :          */
     574         128 :         gather->rescan_param = -1;
     575             : 
     576             :         /*
     577             :          * Ideally we'd use cost_gather here, but setting up dummy path data
     578             :          * to satisfy it doesn't seem much cleaner than knowing what it does.
     579             :          */
     580         128 :         gather->plan.startup_cost = top_plan->startup_cost +
     581             :             parallel_setup_cost;
     582         128 :         gather->plan.total_cost = top_plan->total_cost +
     583         128 :             parallel_setup_cost + parallel_tuple_cost * top_plan->plan_rows;
     584         128 :         gather->plan.plan_rows = top_plan->plan_rows;
     585         128 :         gather->plan.plan_width = top_plan->plan_width;
     586         128 :         gather->plan.parallel_aware = false;
     587         128 :         gather->plan.parallel_safe = false;
     588             : 
     589             :         /*
     590             :          * Delete the initplans' cost from top_plan.  We needn't add it to the
     591             :          * Gather node, since the above coding already included it there.
     592             :          */
     593         128 :         SS_compute_initplan_cost(gather->plan.initPlan,
     594             :                                  &initplan_cost, &unsafe_initplans);
     595         128 :         top_plan->startup_cost -= initplan_cost;
     596         128 :         top_plan->total_cost -= initplan_cost;
     597             : 
     598             :         /* use parallel mode for parallel plans. */
     599         128 :         root->glob->parallelModeNeeded = true;
     600             : 
     601         128 :         top_plan = &gather->plan;
     602             :     }
     603             : 
     604             :     /*
     605             :      * If any Params were generated, run through the plan tree and compute
     606             :      * each plan node's extParam/allParam sets.  Ideally we'd merge this into
     607             :      * set_plan_references' tree traversal, but for now it has to be separate
     608             :      * because we need to visit subplans before not after main plan.
     609             :      */
     610      462584 :     if (glob->paramExecTypes != NIL)
     611             :     {
     612             :         Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     613      208002 :         forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     614             :         {
     615       44452 :             Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     616       44452 :             PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     617             : 
     618       44452 :             SS_finalize_plan(subroot, subplan);
     619             :         }
     620      163550 :         SS_finalize_plan(root, top_plan);
     621             :     }
     622             : 
     623             :     /* final cleanup of the plan */
     624             :     Assert(glob->finalrtable == NIL);
     625             :     Assert(glob->finalrteperminfos == NIL);
     626             :     Assert(glob->finalrowmarks == NIL);
     627             :     Assert(glob->resultRelations == NIL);
     628             :     Assert(glob->appendRelations == NIL);
     629      462584 :     top_plan = set_plan_references(root, top_plan);
     630             :     /* ... and the subplans (both regular subplans and initplans) */
     631             :     Assert(list_length(glob->subplans) == list_length(glob->subroots));
     632      507036 :     forboth(lp, glob->subplans, lr, glob->subroots)
     633             :     {
     634       44452 :         Plan       *subplan = (Plan *) lfirst(lp);
     635       44452 :         PlannerInfo *subroot = lfirst_node(PlannerInfo, lr);
     636             : 
     637       44452 :         lfirst(lp) = set_plan_references(subroot, subplan);
     638             :     }
     639             : 
     640             :     /* build the PlannedStmt result */
     641      462584 :     result = makeNode(PlannedStmt);
     642             : 
     643      462584 :     result->commandType = parse->commandType;
     644      462584 :     result->queryId = parse->queryId;
     645      462584 :     result->planOrigin = PLAN_STMT_STANDARD;
     646      462584 :     result->hasReturning = (parse->returningList != NIL);
     647      462584 :     result->hasModifyingCTE = parse->hasModifyingCTE;
     648      462584 :     result->canSetTag = parse->canSetTag;
     649      462584 :     result->transientPlan = glob->transientPlan;
     650      462584 :     result->dependsOnRole = glob->dependsOnRole;
     651      462584 :     result->parallelModeNeeded = glob->parallelModeNeeded;
     652      462584 :     result->planTree = top_plan;
     653      462584 :     result->partPruneInfos = glob->partPruneInfos;
     654      462584 :     result->rtable = glob->finalrtable;
     655      925168 :     result->unprunableRelids = bms_difference(glob->allRelids,
     656      462584 :                                               glob->prunableRelids);
     657      462584 :     result->permInfos = glob->finalrteperminfos;
     658      462584 :     result->subrtinfos = glob->subrtinfos;
     659      462584 :     result->resultRelations = glob->resultRelations;
     660      462584 :     result->appendRelations = glob->appendRelations;
     661      462584 :     result->subplans = glob->subplans;
     662      462584 :     result->rewindPlanIDs = glob->rewindPlanIDs;
     663      462584 :     result->rowMarks = glob->finalrowmarks;
     664      462584 :     result->relationOids = glob->relationOids;
     665      462584 :     result->invalItems = glob->invalItems;
     666      462584 :     result->paramExecTypes = glob->paramExecTypes;
     667             :     /* utilityStmt should be null, but we might as well copy it */
     668      462584 :     result->utilityStmt = parse->utilityStmt;
     669      462584 :     result->elidedNodes = glob->elidedNodes;
     670      462584 :     result->stmt_location = parse->stmt_location;
     671      462584 :     result->stmt_len = parse->stmt_len;
     672             : 
     673      462584 :     result->jitFlags = PGJIT_NONE;
     674      462584 :     if (jit_enabled && jit_above_cost >= 0 &&
     675      461850 :         top_plan->total_cost > jit_above_cost)
     676             :     {
     677         928 :         result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_PERFORM;
     678             : 
     679             :         /*
     680             :          * Decide how much effort should be put into generating better code.
     681             :          */
     682         928 :         if (jit_optimize_above_cost >= 0 &&
     683         928 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_optimize_above_cost)
     684         368 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_OPT3;
     685         928 :         if (jit_inline_above_cost >= 0 &&
     686         928 :             top_plan->total_cost > jit_inline_above_cost)
     687         368 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_INLINE;
     688             : 
     689             :         /*
     690             :          * Decide which operations should be JITed.
     691             :          */
     692         928 :         if (jit_expressions)
     693         928 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_EXPR;
     694         928 :         if (jit_tuple_deforming)
     695         928 :             result->jitFlags |= PGJIT_DEFORM;
     696             :     }
     697             : 
     698             :     /* Allow plugins to take control before we discard "glob" */
     699      462584 :     if (planner_shutdown_hook)
     700           0 :         (*planner_shutdown_hook) (glob, parse, query_string, result);
     701             : 
     702      462584 :     if (glob->partition_directory != NULL)
     703       12208 :         DestroyPartitionDirectory(glob->partition_directory);
     704             : 
     705      462584 :     return result;
     706             : }
     707             : 
     708             : 
     709             : /*--------------------
     710             :  * subquery_planner
     711             :  *    Invokes the planner on a subquery.  We recurse to here for each
     712             :  *    sub-SELECT found in the query tree.
     713             :  *
     714             :  * glob is the global state for the current planner run.
     715             :  * parse is the querytree produced by the parser & rewriter.
     716             :  * plan_name is the name to assign to this subplan (NULL at the top level).
     717             :  * parent_root is the immediate parent Query's info (NULL at the top level).
     718             :  * hasRecursion is true if this is a recursive WITH query.
     719             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
     720             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as explained for grouping_planner, below.
     721             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
     722             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
     723             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
     724             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
     725             :  *
     726             :  * Basically, this routine does the stuff that should only be done once
     727             :  * per Query object.  It then calls grouping_planner.  At one time,
     728             :  * grouping_planner could be invoked recursively on the same Query object;
     729             :  * that's not currently true, but we keep the separation between the two
     730             :  * routines anyway, in case we need it again someday.
     731             :  *
     732             :  * subquery_planner will be called recursively to handle sub-Query nodes
     733             :  * found within the query's expressions and rangetable.
     734             :  *
     735             :  * Returns the PlannerInfo struct ("root") that contains all data generated
     736             :  * while planning the subquery.  In particular, the Path(s) attached to
     737             :  * the (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel represent our conclusions about the
     738             :  * cheapest way(s) to implement the query.  The top level will select the
     739             :  * best Path and pass it through createplan.c to produce a finished Plan.
     740             :  *--------------------
     741             :  */
     742             : PlannerInfo *
     743      551958 : subquery_planner(PlannerGlobal *glob, Query *parse, char *plan_name,
     744             :                  PlannerInfo *parent_root, bool hasRecursion,
     745             :                  double tuple_fraction, SetOperationStmt *setops)
     746             : {
     747             :     PlannerInfo *root;
     748             :     List       *newWithCheckOptions;
     749             :     List       *newHaving;
     750             :     bool        hasOuterJoins;
     751             :     bool        hasResultRTEs;
     752             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
     753             :     ListCell   *l;
     754             : 
     755             :     /* Create a PlannerInfo data structure for this subquery */
     756      551958 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
     757      551958 :     root->parse = parse;
     758      551958 :     root->glob = glob;
     759      551958 :     root->query_level = parent_root ? parent_root->query_level + 1 : 1;
     760      551958 :     root->plan_name = plan_name;
     761      551958 :     root->parent_root = parent_root;
     762      551958 :     root->plan_params = NIL;
     763      551958 :     root->outer_params = NULL;
     764      551958 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
     765      551958 :     root->init_plans = NIL;
     766      551958 :     root->cte_plan_ids = NIL;
     767      551958 :     root->multiexpr_params = NIL;
     768      551958 :     root->join_domains = NIL;
     769      551958 :     root->eq_classes = NIL;
     770      551958 :     root->ec_merging_done = false;
     771      551958 :     root->last_rinfo_serial = 0;
     772      551958 :     root->all_result_relids =
     773      551958 :         parse->resultRelation ? bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation) : NULL;
     774      551958 :     root->leaf_result_relids = NULL; /* we'll find out leaf-ness later */
     775      551958 :     root->append_rel_list = NIL;
     776      551958 :     root->row_identity_vars = NIL;
     777      551958 :     root->rowMarks = NIL;
     778      551958 :     memset(root->upper_rels, 0, sizeof(root->upper_rels));
     779      551958 :     memset(root->upper_targets, 0, sizeof(root->upper_targets));
     780      551958 :     root->processed_groupClause = NIL;
     781      551958 :     root->processed_distinctClause = NIL;
     782      551958 :     root->processed_tlist = NIL;
     783      551958 :     root->update_colnos = NIL;
     784      551958 :     root->grouping_map = NULL;
     785      551958 :     root->minmax_aggs = NIL;
     786      551958 :     root->qual_security_level = 0;
     787      551958 :     root->hasPseudoConstantQuals = false;
     788      551958 :     root->hasAlternativeSubPlans = false;
     789      551958 :     root->placeholdersFrozen = false;
     790      551958 :     root->hasRecursion = hasRecursion;
     791      551958 :     root->assumeReplanning = false;
     792      551958 :     if (hasRecursion)
     793         942 :         root->wt_param_id = assign_special_exec_param(root);
     794             :     else
     795      551016 :         root->wt_param_id = -1;
     796      551958 :     root->non_recursive_path = NULL;
     797             : 
     798             :     /*
     799             :      * Create the top-level join domain.  This won't have valid contents until
     800             :      * deconstruct_jointree fills it in, but the node needs to exist before
     801             :      * that so we can build EquivalenceClasses referencing it.
     802             :      */
     803      551958 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
     804             : 
     805             :     /*
     806             :      * If there is a WITH list, process each WITH query and either convert it
     807             :      * to RTE_SUBQUERY RTE(s) or build an initplan SubPlan structure for it.
     808             :      */
     809      551958 :     if (parse->cteList)
     810        3046 :         SS_process_ctes(root);
     811             : 
     812             :     /*
     813             :      * If it's a MERGE command, transform the joinlist as appropriate.
     814             :      */
     815      551952 :     transform_MERGE_to_join(parse);
     816             : 
     817             :     /*
     818             :      * Scan the rangetable for relation RTEs and retrieve the necessary
     819             :      * catalog information for each relation.  Using this information, clear
     820             :      * the inh flag for any relation that has no children, collect not-null
     821             :      * attribute numbers for any relation that has column not-null
     822             :      * constraints, and expand virtual generated columns for any relation that
     823             :      * contains them.  Note that this step does not descend into sublinks and
     824             :      * subqueries; if we pull up any sublinks or subqueries below, their
     825             :      * relation RTEs are processed just before pulling them up.
     826             :      */
     827      551952 :     parse = root->parse = preprocess_relation_rtes(root);
     828             : 
     829             :     /*
     830             :      * If the FROM clause is empty, replace it with a dummy RTE_RESULT RTE, so
     831             :      * that we don't need so many special cases to deal with that situation.
     832             :      */
     833      551952 :     replace_empty_jointree(parse);
     834             : 
     835             :     /*
     836             :      * Look for ANY and EXISTS SubLinks in WHERE and JOIN/ON clauses, and try
     837             :      * to transform them into joins.  Note that this step does not descend
     838             :      * into subqueries; if we pull up any subqueries below, their SubLinks are
     839             :      * processed just before pulling them up.
     840             :      */
     841      551952 :     if (parse->hasSubLinks)
     842       37306 :         pull_up_sublinks(root);
     843             : 
     844             :     /*
     845             :      * Scan the rangetable for function RTEs, do const-simplification on them,
     846             :      * and then inline them if possible (producing subqueries that might get
     847             :      * pulled up next).  Recursion issues here are handled in the same way as
     848             :      * for SubLinks.
     849             :      */
     850      551952 :     preprocess_function_rtes(root);
     851             : 
     852             :     /*
     853             :      * Check to see if any subqueries in the jointree can be merged into this
     854             :      * query.
     855             :      */
     856      551946 :     pull_up_subqueries(root);
     857             : 
     858             :     /*
     859             :      * If this is a simple UNION ALL query, flatten it into an appendrel. We
     860             :      * do this now because it requires applying pull_up_subqueries to the leaf
     861             :      * queries of the UNION ALL, which weren't touched above because they
     862             :      * weren't referenced by the jointree (they will be after we do this).
     863             :      */
     864      551940 :     if (parse->setOperations)
     865        7016 :         flatten_simple_union_all(root);
     866             : 
     867             :     /*
     868             :      * Survey the rangetable to see what kinds of entries are present.  We can
     869             :      * skip some later processing if relevant SQL features are not used; for
     870             :      * example if there are no JOIN RTEs we can avoid the expense of doing
     871             :      * flatten_join_alias_vars().  This must be done after we have finished
     872             :      * adding rangetable entries, of course.  (Note: actually, processing of
     873             :      * inherited or partitioned rels can cause RTEs for their child tables to
     874             :      * get added later; but those must all be RTE_RELATION entries, so they
     875             :      * don't invalidate the conclusions drawn here.)
     876             :      */
     877      551940 :     root->hasJoinRTEs = false;
     878      551940 :     root->hasLateralRTEs = false;
     879      551940 :     root->group_rtindex = 0;
     880      551940 :     hasOuterJoins = false;
     881      551940 :     hasResultRTEs = false;
     882     1509420 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     883             :     {
     884      957480 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     885             : 
     886      957480 :         switch (rte->rtekind)
     887             :         {
     888       98282 :             case RTE_JOIN:
     889       98282 :                 root->hasJoinRTEs = true;
     890       98282 :                 if (IS_OUTER_JOIN(rte->jointype))
     891       51062 :                     hasOuterJoins = true;
     892       98282 :                 break;
     893      207104 :             case RTE_RESULT:
     894      207104 :                 hasResultRTEs = true;
     895      207104 :                 break;
     896        5070 :             case RTE_GROUP:
     897             :                 Assert(parse->hasGroupRTE);
     898        5070 :                 root->group_rtindex = list_cell_number(parse->rtable, l) + 1;
     899        5070 :                 break;
     900      647024 :             default:
     901             :                 /* No work here for other RTE types */
     902      647024 :                 break;
     903             :         }
     904             : 
     905      957480 :         if (rte->lateral)
     906       11452 :             root->hasLateralRTEs = true;
     907             : 
     908             :         /*
     909             :          * We can also determine the maximum security level required for any
     910             :          * securityQuals now.  Addition of inheritance-child RTEs won't affect
     911             :          * this, because child tables don't have their own securityQuals; see
     912             :          * expand_single_inheritance_child().
     913             :          */
     914      957480 :         if (rte->securityQuals)
     915        2886 :             root->qual_security_level = Max(root->qual_security_level,
     916             :                                             list_length(rte->securityQuals));
     917             :     }
     918             : 
     919             :     /*
     920             :      * If we have now verified that the query target relation is
     921             :      * non-inheriting, mark it as a leaf target.
     922             :      */
     923      551940 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
     924             :     {
     925       92380 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(parse->resultRelation, parse->rtable);
     926             : 
     927       92380 :         if (!rte->inh)
     928       89428 :             root->leaf_result_relids =
     929       89428 :                 bms_make_singleton(parse->resultRelation);
     930             :     }
     931             : 
     932             :     /*
     933             :      * This would be a convenient time to check access permissions for all
     934             :      * relations mentioned in the query, since it would be better to fail now,
     935             :      * before doing any detailed planning.  However, for historical reasons,
     936             :      * we leave this to be done at executor startup.
     937             :      *
     938             :      * Note, however, that we do need to check access permissions for any view
     939             :      * relations mentioned in the query, in order to prevent information being
     940             :      * leaked by selectivity estimation functions, which only check view owner
     941             :      * permissions on underlying tables (see all_rows_selectable() and its
     942             :      * callers).  This is a little ugly, because it means that access
     943             :      * permissions for views will be checked twice, which is another reason
     944             :      * why it would be better to do all the ACL checks here.
     945             :      */
     946     1508236 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
     947             :     {
     948      956696 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
     949             : 
     950      956696 :         if (rte->perminfoindex != 0 &&
     951      510530 :             rte->relkind == RELKIND_VIEW)
     952             :         {
     953             :             RTEPermissionInfo *perminfo;
     954             :             bool        result;
     955             : 
     956       22334 :             perminfo = getRTEPermissionInfo(parse->rteperminfos, rte);
     957       22334 :             result = ExecCheckOneRelPerms(perminfo);
     958       22334 :             if (!result)
     959         400 :                 aclcheck_error(ACLCHECK_NO_PRIV, OBJECT_VIEW,
     960         400 :                                get_rel_name(perminfo->relid));
     961             :         }
     962             :     }
     963             : 
     964             :     /*
     965             :      * Preprocess RowMark information.  We need to do this after subquery
     966             :      * pullup, so that all base relations are present.
     967             :      */
     968      551540 :     preprocess_rowmarks(root);
     969             : 
     970             :     /*
     971             :      * Set hasHavingQual to remember if HAVING clause is present.  Needed
     972             :      * because preprocess_expression will reduce a constant-true condition to
     973             :      * an empty qual list ... but "HAVING TRUE" is not a semantic no-op.
     974             :      */
     975      551540 :     root->hasHavingQual = (parse->havingQual != NULL);
     976             : 
     977             :     /*
     978             :      * Do expression preprocessing on targetlist and quals, as well as other
     979             :      * random expressions in the querytree.  Note that we do not need to
     980             :      * handle sort/group expressions explicitly, because they are actually
     981             :      * part of the targetlist.
     982             :      */
     983      547560 :     parse->targetList = (List *)
     984      551540 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->targetList,
     985             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
     986             : 
     987      547560 :     newWithCheckOptions = NIL;
     988      550684 :     foreach(l, parse->withCheckOptions)
     989             :     {
     990        3124 :         WithCheckOption *wco = lfirst_node(WithCheckOption, l);
     991             : 
     992        3124 :         wco->qual = preprocess_expression(root, wco->qual,
     993             :                                           EXPRKIND_QUAL);
     994        3124 :         if (wco->qual != NULL)
     995        2724 :             newWithCheckOptions = lappend(newWithCheckOptions, wco);
     996             :     }
     997      547560 :     parse->withCheckOptions = newWithCheckOptions;
     998             : 
     999      547560 :     parse->returningList = (List *)
    1000      547560 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) parse->returningList,
    1001             :                               EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1002             : 
    1003      547560 :     preprocess_qual_conditions(root, (Node *) parse->jointree);
    1004             : 
    1005      547560 :     parse->havingQual = preprocess_expression(root, parse->havingQual,
    1006             :                                               EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1007             : 
    1008      550494 :     foreach(l, parse->windowClause)
    1009             :     {
    1010        2934 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
    1011             : 
    1012             :         /* partitionClause/orderClause are sort/group expressions */
    1013        2934 :         wc->startOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->startOffset,
    1014             :                                                 EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1015        2934 :         wc->endOffset = preprocess_expression(root, wc->endOffset,
    1016             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1017             :     }
    1018             : 
    1019      547560 :     parse->limitOffset = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitOffset,
    1020             :                                                EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1021      547560 :     parse->limitCount = preprocess_expression(root, parse->limitCount,
    1022             :                                               EXPRKIND_LIMIT);
    1023             : 
    1024      547560 :     if (parse->onConflict)
    1025             :     {
    1026        4584 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterElems = (List *)
    1027        2292 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1028        2292 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->arbiterElems,
    1029             :                                   EXPRKIND_ARBITER_ELEM);
    1030        4584 :         parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere =
    1031        2292 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1032        2292 :                                   parse->onConflict->arbiterWhere,
    1033             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1034        4584 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictSet = (List *)
    1035        2292 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1036        2292 :                                   (Node *) parse->onConflict->onConflictSet,
    1037             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1038        2292 :         parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere =
    1039        2292 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1040        2292 :                                   parse->onConflict->onConflictWhere,
    1041             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1042             :         /* exclRelTlist contains only Vars, so no preprocessing needed */
    1043             :     }
    1044             : 
    1045      550442 :     foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
    1046             :     {
    1047        2882 :         MergeAction *action = (MergeAction *) lfirst(l);
    1048             : 
    1049        2882 :         action->targetList = (List *)
    1050        2882 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1051        2882 :                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
    1052             :                                   EXPRKIND_TARGET);
    1053        2882 :         action->qual =
    1054        2882 :             preprocess_expression(root,
    1055             :                                   (Node *) action->qual,
    1056             :                                   EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1057             :     }
    1058             : 
    1059      547560 :     parse->mergeJoinCondition =
    1060      547560 :         preprocess_expression(root, parse->mergeJoinCondition, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1061             : 
    1062      547560 :     root->append_rel_list = (List *)
    1063      547560 :         preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) root->append_rel_list,
    1064             :                               EXPRKIND_APPINFO);
    1065             : 
    1066             :     /* Also need to preprocess expressions within RTEs */
    1067     1499268 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    1068             :     {
    1069      951708 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    1070             :         int         kind;
    1071             :         ListCell   *lcsq;
    1072             : 
    1073      951708 :         if (rte->rtekind == RTE_RELATION)
    1074             :         {
    1075      492504 :             if (rte->tablesample)
    1076         228 :                 rte->tablesample = (TableSampleClause *)
    1077         228 :                     preprocess_expression(root,
    1078         228 :                                           (Node *) rte->tablesample,
    1079             :                                           EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE);
    1080             :         }
    1081      459204 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_SUBQUERY)
    1082             :         {
    1083             :             /*
    1084             :              * We don't want to do all preprocessing yet on the subquery's
    1085             :              * expressions, since that will happen when we plan it.  But if it
    1086             :              * contains any join aliases of our level, those have to get
    1087             :              * expanded now, because planning of the subquery won't do it.
    1088             :              * That's only possible if the subquery is LATERAL.
    1089             :              */
    1090       83906 :             if (rte->lateral && root->hasJoinRTEs)
    1091        1842 :                 rte->subquery = (Query *)
    1092        1842 :                     flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse,
    1093        1842 :                                             (Node *) rte->subquery);
    1094             :         }
    1095      375298 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_FUNCTION)
    1096             :         {
    1097             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
    1098       53990 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_RTFUNC;
    1099       53990 :             rte->functions = (List *)
    1100       53990 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->functions, kind);
    1101             :         }
    1102      321308 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_TABLEFUNC)
    1103             :         {
    1104             :             /* Preprocess the function expression(s) fully */
    1105         626 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC;
    1106         626 :             rte->tablefunc = (TableFunc *)
    1107         626 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->tablefunc, kind);
    1108             :         }
    1109      320682 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_VALUES)
    1110             :         {
    1111             :             /* Preprocess the values lists fully */
    1112        8598 :             kind = rte->lateral ? EXPRKIND_VALUES_LATERAL : EXPRKIND_VALUES;
    1113        8598 :             rte->values_lists = (List *)
    1114        8598 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->values_lists, kind);
    1115             :         }
    1116      312084 :         else if (rte->rtekind == RTE_GROUP)
    1117             :         {
    1118             :             /* Preprocess the groupexprs list fully */
    1119        5070 :             rte->groupexprs = (List *)
    1120        5070 :                 preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) rte->groupexprs,
    1121             :                                       EXPRKIND_GROUPEXPR);
    1122             :         }
    1123             : 
    1124             :         /*
    1125             :          * Process each element of the securityQuals list as if it were a
    1126             :          * separate qual expression (as indeed it is).  We need to do it this
    1127             :          * way to get proper canonicalization of AND/OR structure.  Note that
    1128             :          * this converts each element into an implicit-AND sublist.
    1129             :          */
    1130      954988 :         foreach(lcsq, rte->securityQuals)
    1131             :         {
    1132        3280 :             lfirst(lcsq) = preprocess_expression(root,
    1133        3280 :                                                  (Node *) lfirst(lcsq),
    1134             :                                                  EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1135             :         }
    1136             :     }
    1137             : 
    1138             :     /*
    1139             :      * Now that we are done preprocessing expressions, and in particular done
    1140             :      * flattening join alias variables, get rid of the joinaliasvars lists.
    1141             :      * They no longer match what expressions in the rest of the tree look
    1142             :      * like, because we have not preprocessed expressions in those lists (and
    1143             :      * do not want to; for example, expanding a SubLink there would result in
    1144             :      * a useless unreferenced subplan).  Leaving them in place simply creates
    1145             :      * a hazard for later scans of the tree.  We could try to prevent that by
    1146             :      * using QTW_IGNORE_JOINALIASES in every tree scan done after this point,
    1147             :      * but that doesn't sound very reliable.
    1148             :      */
    1149      547560 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs)
    1150             :     {
    1151      339450 :         foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    1152             :         {
    1153      279816 :             RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    1154             : 
    1155      279816 :             rte->joinaliasvars = NIL;
    1156             :         }
    1157             :     }
    1158             : 
    1159             :     /*
    1160             :      * Replace any Vars in the subquery's targetlist and havingQual that
    1161             :      * reference GROUP outputs with the underlying grouping expressions.
    1162             :      *
    1163             :      * Note that we need to perform this replacement after we've preprocessed
    1164             :      * the grouping expressions.  This is to ensure that there is only one
    1165             :      * instance of SubPlan for each SubLink contained within the grouping
    1166             :      * expressions.
    1167             :      */
    1168      547560 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE)
    1169             :     {
    1170        5070 :         parse->targetList = (List *)
    1171        5070 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, (Node *) parse->targetList);
    1172        5070 :         parse->havingQual =
    1173        5070 :             flatten_group_exprs(root, root->parse, parse->havingQual);
    1174             :     }
    1175             : 
    1176             :     /* Constant-folding might have removed all set-returning functions */
    1177      547560 :     if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1178       12084 :         parse->hasTargetSRFs = expression_returns_set((Node *) parse->targetList);
    1179             : 
    1180             :     /*
    1181             :      * If we have grouping sets, expand the groupingSets tree of this query to
    1182             :      * a flat list of grouping sets.  We need to do this before optimizing
    1183             :      * HAVING, since we can't easily tell if there's an empty grouping set
    1184             :      * until we have this representation.
    1185             :      */
    1186      547560 :     if (parse->groupingSets)
    1187             :     {
    1188        1020 :         parse->groupingSets =
    1189        1020 :             expand_grouping_sets(parse->groupingSets, parse->groupDistinct, -1);
    1190             :     }
    1191             : 
    1192             :     /*
    1193             :      * In some cases we may want to transfer a HAVING clause into WHERE. We
    1194             :      * cannot do so if the HAVING clause contains aggregates (obviously) or
    1195             :      * volatile functions (since a HAVING clause is supposed to be executed
    1196             :      * only once per group).  We also can't do this if there are any grouping
    1197             :      * sets and the clause references any columns that are nullable by the
    1198             :      * grouping sets; the nulled values of those columns are not available
    1199             :      * before the grouping step.  (The test on groupClause might seem wrong,
    1200             :      * but it's okay: it's just an optimization to avoid running pull_varnos
    1201             :      * when there cannot be any Vars in the HAVING clause.)
    1202             :      *
    1203             :      * Also, it may be that the clause is so expensive to execute that we're
    1204             :      * better off doing it only once per group, despite the loss of
    1205             :      * selectivity.  This is hard to estimate short of doing the entire
    1206             :      * planning process twice, so we use a heuristic: clauses containing
    1207             :      * subplans are left in HAVING.  Otherwise, we move or copy the HAVING
    1208             :      * clause into WHERE, in hopes of eliminating tuples before aggregation
    1209             :      * instead of after.
    1210             :      *
    1211             :      * If the query has no empty grouping set then we can simply move such a
    1212             :      * clause into WHERE; any group that fails the clause will not be in the
    1213             :      * output because none of its tuples will reach the grouping or
    1214             :      * aggregation stage.  Otherwise we have to keep the clause in HAVING to
    1215             :      * ensure that we don't emit a bogus aggregated row.  But then the HAVING
    1216             :      * clause must be degenerate (variable-free), so we can copy it into WHERE
    1217             :      * so that query_planner() can use it in a gating Result node. (This could
    1218             :      * be done better, but it seems not worth optimizing.)
    1219             :      *
    1220             :      * Note that a HAVING clause may contain expressions that are not fully
    1221             :      * preprocessed.  This can happen if these expressions are part of
    1222             :      * grouping items.  In such cases, they are replaced with GROUP Vars in
    1223             :      * the parser and then replaced back after we're done with expression
    1224             :      * preprocessing on havingQual.  This is not an issue if the clause
    1225             :      * remains in HAVING, because these expressions will be matched to lower
    1226             :      * target items in setrefs.c.  However, if the clause is moved or copied
    1227             :      * into WHERE, we need to ensure that these expressions are fully
    1228             :      * preprocessed.
    1229             :      *
    1230             :      * Note that both havingQual and parse->jointree->quals are in
    1231             :      * implicitly-ANDed-list form at this point, even though they are declared
    1232             :      * as Node *.
    1233             :      */
    1234      547560 :     newHaving = NIL;
    1235      548948 :     foreach(l, (List *) parse->havingQual)
    1236             :     {
    1237        1388 :         Node       *havingclause = (Node *) lfirst(l);
    1238             : 
    1239        1904 :         if (contain_agg_clause(havingclause) ||
    1240        1032 :             contain_volatile_functions(havingclause) ||
    1241         516 :             contain_subplans(havingclause) ||
    1242         636 :             (parse->groupClause && parse->groupingSets &&
    1243         120 :              bms_is_member(root->group_rtindex, pull_varnos(root, havingclause))))
    1244             :         {
    1245             :             /* keep it in HAVING */
    1246         944 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1247             :         }
    1248         444 :         else if (parse->groupClause &&
    1249         408 :                  (parse->groupingSets == NIL ||
    1250          48 :                   (List *) linitial(parse->groupingSets) != NIL))
    1251         396 :         {
    1252             :             /* There is GROUP BY, but no empty grouping set */
    1253             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1254             : 
    1255             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1256         396 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, havingclause,
    1257             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1258             :             /* ... and move it to WHERE */
    1259         396 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1260         396 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1261             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1262             :         }
    1263             :         else
    1264             :         {
    1265             :             /* There is an empty grouping set (perhaps implicitly) */
    1266             :             Node       *whereclause;
    1267             : 
    1268             :             /* Preprocess the HAVING clause fully */
    1269          48 :             whereclause = preprocess_expression(root, copyObject(havingclause),
    1270             :                                                 EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1271             :             /* ... and put a copy in WHERE */
    1272          96 :             parse->jointree->quals = (Node *)
    1273          48 :                 list_concat((List *) parse->jointree->quals,
    1274             :                             (List *) whereclause);
    1275             :             /* ... and also keep it in HAVING */
    1276          48 :             newHaving = lappend(newHaving, havingclause);
    1277             :         }
    1278             :     }
    1279      547560 :     parse->havingQual = (Node *) newHaving;
    1280             : 
    1281             :     /*
    1282             :      * If we have any outer joins, try to reduce them to plain inner joins.
    1283             :      * This step is most easily done after we've done expression
    1284             :      * preprocessing.
    1285             :      */
    1286      547560 :     if (hasOuterJoins)
    1287       35444 :         reduce_outer_joins(root);
    1288             : 
    1289             :     /*
    1290             :      * If we have any RTE_RESULT relations, see if they can be deleted from
    1291             :      * the jointree.  We also rely on this processing to flatten single-child
    1292             :      * FromExprs underneath outer joins.  This step is most effectively done
    1293             :      * after we've done expression preprocessing and outer join reduction.
    1294             :      */
    1295      547560 :     if (hasResultRTEs || hasOuterJoins)
    1296      236994 :         remove_useless_result_rtes(root);
    1297             : 
    1298             :     /*
    1299             :      * Do the main planning.
    1300             :      */
    1301      547560 :     grouping_planner(root, tuple_fraction, setops);
    1302             : 
    1303             :     /*
    1304             :      * Capture the set of outer-level param IDs we have access to, for use in
    1305             :      * extParam/allParam calculations later.
    1306             :      */
    1307      547488 :     SS_identify_outer_params(root);
    1308             : 
    1309             :     /*
    1310             :      * If any initPlans were created in this query level, adjust the surviving
    1311             :      * Paths' costs and parallel-safety flags to account for them.  The
    1312             :      * initPlans won't actually get attached to the plan tree till
    1313             :      * create_plan() runs, but we must include their effects now.
    1314             :      */
    1315      547488 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1316      547488 :     SS_charge_for_initplans(root, final_rel);
    1317             : 
    1318             :     /*
    1319             :      * Make sure we've identified the cheapest Path for the final rel.  (By
    1320             :      * doing this here not in grouping_planner, we include initPlan costs in
    1321             :      * the decision, though it's unlikely that will change anything.)
    1322             :      */
    1323      547488 :     set_cheapest(final_rel);
    1324             : 
    1325      547488 :     return root;
    1326             : }
    1327             : 
    1328             : /*
    1329             :  * preprocess_expression
    1330             :  *      Do subquery_planner's preprocessing work for an expression,
    1331             :  *      which can be a targetlist, a WHERE clause (including JOIN/ON
    1332             :  *      conditions), a HAVING clause, or a few other things.
    1333             :  */
    1334             : static Node *
    1335     4602340 : preprocess_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Node *expr, int kind)
    1336             : {
    1337             :     /*
    1338             :      * Fall out quickly if expression is empty.  This occurs often enough to
    1339             :      * be worth checking.  Note that null->null is the correct conversion for
    1340             :      * implicit-AND result format, too.
    1341             :      */
    1342     4602340 :     if (expr == NULL)
    1343     3628054 :         return NULL;
    1344             : 
    1345             :     /*
    1346             :      * If the query has any join RTEs, replace join alias variables with
    1347             :      * base-relation variables.  We must do this first, since any expressions
    1348             :      * we may extract from the joinaliasvars lists have not been preprocessed.
    1349             :      * For example, if we did this after sublink processing, sublinks expanded
    1350             :      * out from join aliases would not get processed.  But we can skip this in
    1351             :      * non-lateral RTE functions, VALUES lists, and TABLESAMPLE clauses, since
    1352             :      * they can't contain any Vars of the current query level.
    1353             :      */
    1354      974286 :     if (root->hasJoinRTEs &&
    1355      430968 :         !(kind == EXPRKIND_RTFUNC ||
    1356      215306 :           kind == EXPRKIND_VALUES ||
    1357             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLESAMPLE ||
    1358             :           kind == EXPRKIND_TABLEFUNC))
    1359      215288 :         expr = flatten_join_alias_vars(root, root->parse, expr);
    1360             : 
    1361             :     /*
    1362             :      * Simplify constant expressions.  For function RTEs, this was already
    1363             :      * done by preprocess_function_rtes.  (But note we must do it again for
    1364             :      * EXPRKIND_RTFUNC_LATERAL, because those might by now contain
    1365             :      * un-simplified subexpressions inserted by flattening of subqueries or
    1366             :      * join alias variables.)
    1367             :      *
    1368             :      * Note: an essential effect of this is to convert named-argument function
    1369             :      * calls to positional notation and insert the current actual values of
    1370             :      * any default arguments for functions.  To ensure that happens, we *must*
    1371             :      * process all expressions here.  Previous PG versions sometimes skipped
    1372             :      * const-simplification if it didn't seem worth the trouble, but we can't
    1373             :      * do that anymore.
    1374             :      *
    1375             :      * Note: this also flattens nested AND and OR expressions into N-argument
    1376             :      * form.  All processing of a qual expression after this point must be
    1377             :      * careful to maintain AND/OR flatness --- that is, do not generate a tree
    1378             :      * with AND directly under AND, nor OR directly under OR.
    1379             :      */
    1380      974286 :     if (kind != EXPRKIND_RTFUNC)
    1381      928970 :         expr = eval_const_expressions(root, expr);
    1382             : 
    1383             :     /*
    1384             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, canonicalize it.
    1385             :      */
    1386      970306 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1387             :     {
    1388      351792 :         expr = (Node *) canonicalize_qual((Expr *) expr, false);
    1389             : 
    1390             : #ifdef OPTIMIZER_DEBUG
    1391             :         printf("After canonicalize_qual()\n");
    1392             :         pprint(expr);
    1393             : #endif
    1394             :     }
    1395             : 
    1396             :     /*
    1397             :      * Check for ANY ScalarArrayOpExpr with Const arrays and set the
    1398             :      * hashfuncid of any that might execute more quickly by using hash lookups
    1399             :      * instead of a linear search.
    1400             :      */
    1401      970306 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL || kind == EXPRKIND_TARGET)
    1402             :     {
    1403      886954 :         convert_saop_to_hashed_saop(expr);
    1404             :     }
    1405             : 
    1406             :     /* Expand SubLinks to SubPlans */
    1407      970306 :     if (root->parse->hasSubLinks)
    1408      109102 :         expr = SS_process_sublinks(root, expr, (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL));
    1409             : 
    1410             :     /*
    1411             :      * XXX do not insert anything here unless you have grokked the comments in
    1412             :      * SS_replace_correlation_vars ...
    1413             :      */
    1414             : 
    1415             :     /* Replace uplevel vars with Param nodes (this IS possible in VALUES) */
    1416      970306 :     if (root->query_level > 1)
    1417      192366 :         expr = SS_replace_correlation_vars(root, expr);
    1418             : 
    1419             :     /*
    1420             :      * If it's a qual or havingQual, convert it to implicit-AND format. (We
    1421             :      * don't want to do this before eval_const_expressions, since the latter
    1422             :      * would be unable to simplify a top-level AND correctly. Also,
    1423             :      * SS_process_sublinks expects explicit-AND format.)
    1424             :      */
    1425      970306 :     if (kind == EXPRKIND_QUAL)
    1426      351792 :         expr = (Node *) make_ands_implicit((Expr *) expr);
    1427             : 
    1428      970306 :     return expr;
    1429             : }
    1430             : 
    1431             : /*
    1432             :  * preprocess_qual_conditions
    1433             :  *      Recursively scan the query's jointree and do subquery_planner's
    1434             :  *      preprocessing work on each qual condition found therein.
    1435             :  */
    1436             : static void
    1437     1367970 : preprocess_qual_conditions(PlannerInfo *root, Node *jtnode)
    1438             : {
    1439     1367970 :     if (jtnode == NULL)
    1440           0 :         return;
    1441     1367970 :     if (IsA(jtnode, RangeTblRef))
    1442             :     {
    1443             :         /* nothing to do here */
    1444             :     }
    1445      669190 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, FromExpr))
    1446             :     {
    1447      563056 :         FromExpr   *f = (FromExpr *) jtnode;
    1448             :         ListCell   *l;
    1449             : 
    1450     1171198 :         foreach(l, f->fromlist)
    1451      608142 :             preprocess_qual_conditions(root, lfirst(l));
    1452             : 
    1453      563056 :         f->quals = preprocess_expression(root, f->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1454             :     }
    1455      106134 :     else if (IsA(jtnode, JoinExpr))
    1456             :     {
    1457      106134 :         JoinExpr   *j = (JoinExpr *) jtnode;
    1458             : 
    1459      106134 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->larg);
    1460      106134 :         preprocess_qual_conditions(root, j->rarg);
    1461             : 
    1462      106134 :         j->quals = preprocess_expression(root, j->quals, EXPRKIND_QUAL);
    1463             :     }
    1464             :     else
    1465           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized node type: %d",
    1466             :              (int) nodeTag(jtnode));
    1467             : }
    1468             : 
    1469             : /*
    1470             :  * preprocess_phv_expression
    1471             :  *    Do preprocessing on a PlaceHolderVar expression that's been pulled up.
    1472             :  *
    1473             :  * If a LATERAL subquery references an output of another subquery, and that
    1474             :  * output must be wrapped in a PlaceHolderVar because of an intermediate outer
    1475             :  * join, then we'll push the PlaceHolderVar expression down into the subquery
    1476             :  * and later pull it back up during find_lateral_references, which runs after
    1477             :  * subquery_planner has preprocessed all the expressions that were in the
    1478             :  * current query level to start with.  So we need to preprocess it then.
    1479             :  */
    1480             : Expr *
    1481          90 : preprocess_phv_expression(PlannerInfo *root, Expr *expr)
    1482             : {
    1483          90 :     return (Expr *) preprocess_expression(root, (Node *) expr, EXPRKIND_PHV);
    1484             : }
    1485             : 
    1486             : /*--------------------
    1487             :  * grouping_planner
    1488             :  *    Perform planning steps related to grouping, aggregation, etc.
    1489             :  *
    1490             :  * This function adds all required top-level processing to the scan/join
    1491             :  * Path(s) produced by query_planner.
    1492             :  *
    1493             :  * tuple_fraction is the fraction of tuples we expect will be retrieved.
    1494             :  * tuple_fraction is interpreted as follows:
    1495             :  *    0: expect all tuples to be retrieved (normal case)
    1496             :  *    0 < tuple_fraction < 1: expect the given fraction of tuples available
    1497             :  *      from the plan to be retrieved
    1498             :  *    tuple_fraction >= 1: tuple_fraction is the absolute number of tuples
    1499             :  *      expected to be retrieved (ie, a LIMIT specification).
    1500             :  * setops is used for set operation subqueries to provide the subquery with
    1501             :  * the context in which it's being used so that Paths correctly sorted for the
    1502             :  * set operation can be generated.  NULL when not planning a set operation
    1503             :  * child, or when a child of a set op that isn't interested in sorted input.
    1504             :  *
    1505             :  * Returns nothing; the useful output is in the Paths we attach to the
    1506             :  * (UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL) upperrel in *root.  In addition,
    1507             :  * root->processed_tlist contains the final processed targetlist.
    1508             :  *
    1509             :  * Note that we have not done set_cheapest() on the final rel; it's convenient
    1510             :  * to leave this to the caller.
    1511             :  *--------------------
    1512             :  */
    1513             : static void
    1514      547560 : grouping_planner(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    1515             :                  SetOperationStmt *setops)
    1516             : {
    1517      547560 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    1518      547560 :     int64       offset_est = 0;
    1519      547560 :     int64       count_est = 0;
    1520      547560 :     double      limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1521      547560 :     bool        have_postponed_srfs = false;
    1522             :     PathTarget *final_target;
    1523             :     List       *final_targets;
    1524             :     List       *final_targets_contain_srfs;
    1525             :     bool        final_target_parallel_safe;
    1526             :     RelOptInfo *current_rel;
    1527             :     RelOptInfo *final_rel;
    1528             :     FinalPathExtraData extra;
    1529             :     ListCell   *lc;
    1530             : 
    1531             :     /* Tweak caller-supplied tuple_fraction if have LIMIT/OFFSET */
    1532      547560 :     if (parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset)
    1533             :     {
    1534        5250 :         tuple_fraction = preprocess_limit(root, tuple_fraction,
    1535             :                                           &offset_est, &count_est);
    1536             : 
    1537             :         /*
    1538             :          * If we have a known LIMIT, and don't have an unknown OFFSET, we can
    1539             :          * estimate the effects of using a bounded sort.
    1540             :          */
    1541        5250 :         if (count_est > 0 && offset_est >= 0)
    1542        4694 :             limit_tuples = (double) count_est + (double) offset_est;
    1543             :     }
    1544             : 
    1545             :     /* Make tuple_fraction accessible to lower-level routines */
    1546      547560 :     root->tuple_fraction = tuple_fraction;
    1547             : 
    1548      547560 :     if (parse->setOperations)
    1549             :     {
    1550             :         /*
    1551             :          * Construct Paths for set operations.  The results will not need any
    1552             :          * work except perhaps a top-level sort and/or LIMIT.  Note that any
    1553             :          * special work for recursive unions is the responsibility of
    1554             :          * plan_set_operations.
    1555             :          */
    1556        6224 :         current_rel = plan_set_operations(root);
    1557             : 
    1558             :         /*
    1559             :          * We should not need to call preprocess_targetlist, since we must be
    1560             :          * in a SELECT query node.  Instead, use the processed_tlist returned
    1561             :          * by plan_set_operations (since this tells whether it returned any
    1562             :          * resjunk columns!), and transfer any sort key information from the
    1563             :          * original tlist.
    1564             :          */
    1565             :         Assert(parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    1566             : 
    1567             :         /* for safety, copy processed_tlist instead of modifying in-place */
    1568        6218 :         root->processed_tlist =
    1569        6218 :             postprocess_setop_tlist(copyObject(root->processed_tlist),
    1570             :                                     parse->targetList);
    1571             : 
    1572             :         /* Also extract the PathTarget form of the setop result tlist */
    1573        6218 :         final_target = current_rel->cheapest_total_path->pathtarget;
    1574             : 
    1575             :         /* And check whether it's parallel safe */
    1576             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1577        6218 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1578             : 
    1579             :         /* The setop result tlist couldn't contain any SRFs */
    1580             :         Assert(!parse->hasTargetSRFs);
    1581        6218 :         final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1582             : 
    1583             :         /*
    1584             :          * Can't handle FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE here (parser should have
    1585             :          * checked already, but let's make sure).
    1586             :          */
    1587        6218 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1588           0 :             ereport(ERROR,
    1589             :                     (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    1590             :             /*------
    1591             :               translator: %s is a SQL row locking clause such as FOR UPDATE */
    1592             :                      errmsg("%s is not allowed with UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT",
    1593             :                             LCS_asString(linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    1594             :                                                        parse->rowMarks)->strength))));
    1595             : 
    1596             :         /*
    1597             :          * Calculate pathkeys that represent result ordering requirements
    1598             :          */
    1599             :         Assert(parse->distinctClause == NIL);
    1600        6218 :         root->sort_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    1601             :                                                             parse->sortClause,
    1602             :                                                             root->processed_tlist);
    1603             :     }
    1604             :     else
    1605             :     {
    1606             :         /* No set operations, do regular planning */
    1607             :         PathTarget *sort_input_target;
    1608             :         List       *sort_input_targets;
    1609             :         List       *sort_input_targets_contain_srfs;
    1610             :         bool        sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1611             :         PathTarget *grouping_target;
    1612             :         List       *grouping_targets;
    1613             :         List       *grouping_targets_contain_srfs;
    1614             :         bool        grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1615             :         PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    1616             :         List       *scanjoin_targets;
    1617             :         List       *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs;
    1618             :         bool        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe;
    1619             :         bool        scanjoin_target_same_exprs;
    1620             :         bool        have_grouping;
    1621      541336 :         WindowFuncLists *wflists = NULL;
    1622      541336 :         List       *activeWindows = NIL;
    1623      541336 :         grouping_sets_data *gset_data = NULL;
    1624             :         standard_qp_extra qp_extra;
    1625             : 
    1626             :         /* A recursive query should always have setOperations */
    1627             :         Assert(!root->hasRecursion);
    1628             : 
    1629             :         /* Preprocess grouping sets and GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1630      541336 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    1631             :         {
    1632        1020 :             gset_data = preprocess_grouping_sets(root);
    1633             :         }
    1634      540316 :         else if (parse->groupClause)
    1635             :         {
    1636             :             /* Preprocess regular GROUP BY clause, if any */
    1637        4128 :             root->processed_groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, NIL);
    1638             :         }
    1639             : 
    1640             :         /*
    1641             :          * Preprocess targetlist.  Note that much of the remaining planning
    1642             :          * work will be done with the PathTarget representation of tlists, but
    1643             :          * we must also maintain the full representation of the final tlist so
    1644             :          * that we can transfer its decoration (resnames etc) to the topmost
    1645             :          * tlist of the finished Plan.  This is kept in processed_tlist.
    1646             :          */
    1647      541330 :         preprocess_targetlist(root);
    1648             : 
    1649             :         /*
    1650             :          * Mark all the aggregates with resolved aggtranstypes, and detect
    1651             :          * aggregates that are duplicates or can share transition state.  We
    1652             :          * must do this before slicing and dicing the tlist into various
    1653             :          * pathtargets, else some copies of the Aggref nodes might escape
    1654             :          * being marked.
    1655             :          */
    1656      541330 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1657             :         {
    1658       45210 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) root->processed_tlist);
    1659       45210 :             preprocess_aggrefs(root, (Node *) parse->havingQual);
    1660             :         }
    1661             : 
    1662             :         /*
    1663             :          * Locate any window functions in the tlist.  (We don't need to look
    1664             :          * anywhere else, since expressions used in ORDER BY will be in there
    1665             :          * too.)  Note that they could all have been eliminated by constant
    1666             :          * folding, in which case we don't need to do any more work.
    1667             :          */
    1668      541330 :         if (parse->hasWindowFuncs)
    1669             :         {
    1670        2682 :             wflists = find_window_functions((Node *) root->processed_tlist,
    1671        2682 :                                             list_length(parse->windowClause));
    1672        2682 :             if (wflists->numWindowFuncs > 0)
    1673             :             {
    1674             :                 /*
    1675             :                  * See if any modifications can be made to each WindowClause
    1676             :                  * to allow the executor to execute the WindowFuncs more
    1677             :                  * quickly.
    1678             :                  */
    1679        2676 :                 optimize_window_clauses(root, wflists);
    1680             : 
    1681             :                 /* Extract the list of windows actually in use. */
    1682        2676 :                 activeWindows = select_active_windows(root, wflists);
    1683             : 
    1684             :                 /* Make sure they all have names, for EXPLAIN's use. */
    1685        2676 :                 name_active_windows(activeWindows);
    1686             :             }
    1687             :             else
    1688           6 :                 parse->hasWindowFuncs = false;
    1689             :         }
    1690             : 
    1691             :         /*
    1692             :          * Preprocess MIN/MAX aggregates, if any.  Note: be careful about
    1693             :          * adding logic between here and the query_planner() call.  Anything
    1694             :          * that is needed in MIN/MAX-optimizable cases will have to be
    1695             :          * duplicated in planagg.c.
    1696             :          */
    1697      541330 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    1698       45210 :             preprocess_minmax_aggregates(root);
    1699             : 
    1700             :         /*
    1701             :          * Figure out whether there's a hard limit on the number of rows that
    1702             :          * query_planner's result subplan needs to return.  Even if we know a
    1703             :          * hard limit overall, it doesn't apply if the query has any
    1704             :          * grouping/aggregation operations, or SRFs in the tlist.
    1705             :          */
    1706      541330 :         if (parse->groupClause ||
    1707      536266 :             parse->groupingSets ||
    1708      536188 :             parse->distinctClause ||
    1709      533202 :             parse->hasAggs ||
    1710      492426 :             parse->hasWindowFuncs ||
    1711      489894 :             parse->hasTargetSRFs ||
    1712      478328 :             root->hasHavingQual)
    1713       63026 :             root->limit_tuples = -1.0;
    1714             :         else
    1715      478304 :             root->limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    1716             : 
    1717             :         /* Set up data needed by standard_qp_callback */
    1718      541330 :         qp_extra.activeWindows = activeWindows;
    1719      541330 :         qp_extra.gset_data = gset_data;
    1720             : 
    1721             :         /*
    1722             :          * If we're a subquery for a set operation, store the SetOperationStmt
    1723             :          * in qp_extra.
    1724             :          */
    1725      541330 :         qp_extra.setop = setops;
    1726             : 
    1727             :         /*
    1728             :          * Generate the best unsorted and presorted paths for the scan/join
    1729             :          * portion of this Query, ie the processing represented by the
    1730             :          * FROM/WHERE clauses.  (Note there may not be any presorted paths.)
    1731             :          * We also generate (in standard_qp_callback) pathkey representations
    1732             :          * of the query's sort clause, distinct clause, etc.
    1733             :          */
    1734      541330 :         current_rel = query_planner(root, standard_qp_callback, &qp_extra);
    1735             : 
    1736             :         /*
    1737             :          * Convert the query's result tlist into PathTarget format.
    1738             :          *
    1739             :          * Note: this cannot be done before query_planner() has performed
    1740             :          * appendrel expansion, because that might add resjunk entries to
    1741             :          * root->processed_tlist.  Waiting till afterwards is also helpful
    1742             :          * because the target width estimates can use per-Var width numbers
    1743             :          * that were obtained within query_planner().
    1744             :          */
    1745      541276 :         final_target = create_pathtarget(root, root->processed_tlist);
    1746             :         final_target_parallel_safe =
    1747      541276 :             is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) final_target->exprs);
    1748             : 
    1749             :         /*
    1750             :          * If ORDER BY was given, consider whether we should use a post-sort
    1751             :          * projection, and compute the adjusted target for preceding steps if
    1752             :          * so.
    1753             :          */
    1754      541276 :         if (parse->sortClause)
    1755             :         {
    1756       72164 :             sort_input_target = make_sort_input_target(root,
    1757             :                                                        final_target,
    1758             :                                                        &have_postponed_srfs);
    1759             :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe =
    1760       72164 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) sort_input_target->exprs);
    1761             :         }
    1762             :         else
    1763             :         {
    1764      469112 :             sort_input_target = final_target;
    1765      469112 :             sort_input_target_parallel_safe = final_target_parallel_safe;
    1766             :         }
    1767             : 
    1768             :         /*
    1769             :          * If we have window functions to deal with, the output from any
    1770             :          * grouping step needs to be what the window functions want;
    1771             :          * otherwise, it should be sort_input_target.
    1772             :          */
    1773      541276 :         if (activeWindows)
    1774             :         {
    1775        2676 :             grouping_target = make_window_input_target(root,
    1776             :                                                        final_target,
    1777             :                                                        activeWindows);
    1778             :             grouping_target_parallel_safe =
    1779        2676 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) grouping_target->exprs);
    1780             :         }
    1781             :         else
    1782             :         {
    1783      538600 :             grouping_target = sort_input_target;
    1784      538600 :             grouping_target_parallel_safe = sort_input_target_parallel_safe;
    1785             :         }
    1786             : 
    1787             :         /*
    1788             :          * If we have grouping or aggregation to do, the topmost scan/join
    1789             :          * plan node must emit what the grouping step wants; otherwise, it
    1790             :          * should emit grouping_target.
    1791             :          */
    1792      536212 :         have_grouping = (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets ||
    1793     1077488 :                          parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual);
    1794      541276 :         if (have_grouping)
    1795             :         {
    1796       45980 :             scanjoin_target = make_group_input_target(root, final_target);
    1797             :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe =
    1798       45980 :                 is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) scanjoin_target->exprs);
    1799             :         }
    1800             :         else
    1801             :         {
    1802      495296 :             scanjoin_target = grouping_target;
    1803      495296 :             scanjoin_target_parallel_safe = grouping_target_parallel_safe;
    1804             :         }
    1805             : 
    1806             :         /*
    1807             :          * If there are any SRFs in the targetlist, we must separate each of
    1808             :          * these PathTargets into SRF-computing and SRF-free targets.  Replace
    1809             :          * each of the named targets with a SRF-free version, and remember the
    1810             :          * list of additional projection steps we need to add afterwards.
    1811             :          */
    1812      541276 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1813             :         {
    1814             :             /* final_target doesn't recompute any SRFs in sort_input_target */
    1815       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, final_target, sort_input_target,
    1816             :                                      &final_targets,
    1817             :                                      &final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1818       12084 :             final_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, final_targets);
    1819             :             Assert(!linitial_int(final_targets_contain_srfs));
    1820             :             /* likewise for sort_input_target vs. grouping_target */
    1821       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, sort_input_target, grouping_target,
    1822             :                                      &sort_input_targets,
    1823             :                                      &sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1824       12084 :             sort_input_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, sort_input_targets);
    1825             :             Assert(!linitial_int(sort_input_targets_contain_srfs));
    1826             :             /* likewise for grouping_target vs. scanjoin_target */
    1827       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs_grouping(root,
    1828             :                                               grouping_target, scanjoin_target,
    1829             :                                               &grouping_targets,
    1830             :                                               &grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1831       12084 :             grouping_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, grouping_targets);
    1832             :             Assert(!linitial_int(grouping_targets_contain_srfs));
    1833             :             /* scanjoin_target will not have any SRFs precomputed for it */
    1834       12084 :             split_pathtarget_at_srfs(root, scanjoin_target, NULL,
    1835             :                                      &scanjoin_targets,
    1836             :                                      &scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    1837       12084 :             scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    1838             :             Assert(!linitial_int(scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs));
    1839             :         }
    1840             :         else
    1841             :         {
    1842             :             /* initialize lists; for most of these, dummy values are OK */
    1843      529192 :             final_targets = final_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1844      529192 :             sort_input_targets = sort_input_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1845      529192 :             grouping_targets = grouping_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1846      529192 :             scanjoin_targets = list_make1(scanjoin_target);
    1847      529192 :             scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs = NIL;
    1848             :         }
    1849             : 
    1850             :         /* Apply scan/join target. */
    1851      541276 :         scanjoin_target_same_exprs = list_length(scanjoin_targets) == 1
    1852      541276 :             && equal(scanjoin_target->exprs, current_rel->reltarget->exprs);
    1853      541276 :         apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, current_rel, scanjoin_targets,
    1854             :                                        scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    1855             :                                        scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    1856             :                                        scanjoin_target_same_exprs);
    1857             : 
    1858             :         /*
    1859             :          * Save the various upper-rel PathTargets we just computed into
    1860             :          * root->upper_targets[].  The core code doesn't use this, but it
    1861             :          * provides a convenient place for extensions to get at the info.  For
    1862             :          * consistency, we save all the intermediate targets, even though some
    1863             :          * of the corresponding upperrels might not be needed for this query.
    1864             :          */
    1865      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL] = final_target;
    1866      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_ORDERED] = final_target;
    1867      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1868      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT] = sort_input_target;
    1869      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_WINDOW] = sort_input_target;
    1870      541276 :         root->upper_targets[UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG] = grouping_target;
    1871             : 
    1872             :         /*
    1873             :          * If we have grouping and/or aggregation, consider ways to implement
    1874             :          * that.  We build a new upperrel representing the output of this
    1875             :          * phase.
    1876             :          */
    1877      541276 :         if (have_grouping)
    1878             :         {
    1879       45980 :             current_rel = create_grouping_paths(root,
    1880             :                                                 current_rel,
    1881             :                                                 grouping_target,
    1882             :                                                 grouping_target_parallel_safe,
    1883             :                                                 gset_data);
    1884             :             /* Fix things up if grouping_target contains SRFs */
    1885       45974 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1886         476 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1887             :                                       grouping_targets,
    1888             :                                       grouping_targets_contain_srfs);
    1889             :         }
    1890             : 
    1891             :         /*
    1892             :          * If we have window functions, consider ways to implement those.  We
    1893             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1894             :          */
    1895      541270 :         if (activeWindows)
    1896             :         {
    1897        2676 :             current_rel = create_window_paths(root,
    1898             :                                               current_rel,
    1899             :                                               grouping_target,
    1900             :                                               sort_input_target,
    1901             :                                               sort_input_target_parallel_safe,
    1902             :                                               wflists,
    1903             :                                               activeWindows);
    1904             :             /* Fix things up if sort_input_target contains SRFs */
    1905        2676 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1906          12 :                 adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1907             :                                       sort_input_targets,
    1908             :                                       sort_input_targets_contain_srfs);
    1909             :         }
    1910             : 
    1911             :         /*
    1912             :          * If there is a DISTINCT clause, consider ways to implement that. We
    1913             :          * build a new upperrel representing the output of this phase.
    1914             :          */
    1915      541270 :         if (parse->distinctClause)
    1916             :         {
    1917        3020 :             current_rel = create_distinct_paths(root,
    1918             :                                                 current_rel,
    1919             :                                                 sort_input_target);
    1920             :         }
    1921             :     }                           /* end of if (setOperations) */
    1922             : 
    1923             :     /*
    1924             :      * If ORDER BY was given, consider ways to implement that, and generate a
    1925             :      * new upperrel containing only paths that emit the correct ordering and
    1926             :      * project the correct final_target.  We can apply the original
    1927             :      * limit_tuples limit in sort costing here, but only if there are no
    1928             :      * postponed SRFs.
    1929             :      */
    1930      547488 :     if (parse->sortClause)
    1931             :     {
    1932       76136 :         current_rel = create_ordered_paths(root,
    1933             :                                            current_rel,
    1934             :                                            final_target,
    1935             :                                            final_target_parallel_safe,
    1936             :                                            have_postponed_srfs ? -1.0 :
    1937             :                                            limit_tuples);
    1938             :         /* Fix things up if final_target contains SRFs */
    1939       76136 :         if (parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    1940         220 :             adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, current_rel,
    1941             :                                   final_targets,
    1942             :                                   final_targets_contain_srfs);
    1943             :     }
    1944             : 
    1945             :     /*
    1946             :      * Now we are prepared to build the final-output upperrel.
    1947             :      */
    1948      547488 :     final_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_FINAL, NULL);
    1949             : 
    1950             :     /*
    1951             :      * If the input rel is marked consider_parallel and there's nothing that's
    1952             :      * not parallel-safe in the LIMIT clause, then the final_rel can be marked
    1953             :      * consider_parallel as well.  Note that if the query has rowMarks or is
    1954             :      * not a SELECT, consider_parallel will be false for every relation in the
    1955             :      * query.
    1956             :      */
    1957      728078 :     if (current_rel->consider_parallel &&
    1958      361156 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitOffset) &&
    1959      180566 :         is_parallel_safe(root, parse->limitCount))
    1960      180560 :         final_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    1961             : 
    1962             :     /*
    1963             :      * If the current_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the final_rel.
    1964             :      */
    1965      547488 :     final_rel->serverid = current_rel->serverid;
    1966      547488 :     final_rel->userid = current_rel->userid;
    1967      547488 :     final_rel->useridiscurrent = current_rel->useridiscurrent;
    1968      547488 :     final_rel->fdwroutine = current_rel->fdwroutine;
    1969             : 
    1970             :     /*
    1971             :      * Generate paths for the final_rel.  Insert all surviving paths, with
    1972             :      * LockRows, Limit, and/or ModifyTable steps added if needed.
    1973             :      */
    1974     1116220 :     foreach(lc, current_rel->pathlist)
    1975             :     {
    1976      568732 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    1977             : 
    1978             :         /*
    1979             :          * If there is a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, add the LockRows node.
    1980             :          * (Note: we intentionally test parse->rowMarks not root->rowMarks
    1981             :          * here.  If there are only non-locking rowmarks, they should be
    1982             :          * handled by the ModifyTable node instead.  However, root->rowMarks
    1983             :          * is what goes into the LockRows node.)
    1984             :          */
    1985      568732 :         if (parse->rowMarks)
    1986             :         {
    1987       14042 :             path = (Path *) create_lockrows_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1988             :                                                  root->rowMarks,
    1989             :                                                  assign_special_exec_param(root));
    1990             :         }
    1991             : 
    1992             :         /*
    1993             :          * If there is a LIMIT/OFFSET clause, add the LIMIT node.
    1994             :          */
    1995      568732 :         if (limit_needed(parse))
    1996             :         {
    1997        6260 :             path = (Path *) create_limit_path(root, final_rel, path,
    1998             :                                               parse->limitOffset,
    1999             :                                               parse->limitCount,
    2000             :                                               parse->limitOption,
    2001             :                                               offset_est, count_est);
    2002             :         }
    2003             : 
    2004             :         /*
    2005             :          * If this is an INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE, add the ModifyTable node.
    2006             :          */
    2007      568732 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_SELECT)
    2008             :         {
    2009             :             Index       rootRelation;
    2010       91846 :             List       *resultRelations = NIL;
    2011       91846 :             List       *updateColnosLists = NIL;
    2012       91846 :             List       *withCheckOptionLists = NIL;
    2013       91846 :             List       *returningLists = NIL;
    2014       91846 :             List       *mergeActionLists = NIL;
    2015       91846 :             List       *mergeJoinConditions = NIL;
    2016             :             List       *rowMarks;
    2017             : 
    2018       91846 :             if (bms_membership(root->all_result_relids) == BMS_MULTIPLE)
    2019             :             {
    2020             :                 /* Inherited UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE */
    2021        2916 :                 RelOptInfo *top_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    2022             :                                                            parse->resultRelation);
    2023        2916 :                 int         resultRelation = -1;
    2024             : 
    2025             :                 /* Pass the root result rel forward to the executor. */
    2026        2916 :                 rootRelation = parse->resultRelation;
    2027             : 
    2028             :                 /* Add only leaf children to ModifyTable. */
    2029        8474 :                 while ((resultRelation = bms_next_member(root->leaf_result_relids,
    2030        8474 :                                                          resultRelation)) >= 0)
    2031             :                 {
    2032        5558 :                     RelOptInfo *this_result_rel = find_base_rel(root,
    2033             :                                                                 resultRelation);
    2034             : 
    2035             :                     /*
    2036             :                      * Also exclude any leaf rels that have turned dummy since
    2037             :                      * being added to the list, for example, by being excluded
    2038             :                      * by constraint exclusion.
    2039             :                      */
    2040        5558 :                     if (IS_DUMMY_REL(this_result_rel))
    2041         180 :                         continue;
    2042             : 
    2043             :                     /* Build per-target-rel lists needed by ModifyTable */
    2044        5378 :                     resultRelations = lappend_int(resultRelations,
    2045             :                                                   resultRelation);
    2046        5378 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2047             :                     {
    2048        3696 :                         List       *update_colnos = root->update_colnos;
    2049             : 
    2050        3696 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2051             :                             update_colnos =
    2052        3696 :                                 adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    2053             :                                                                     update_colnos,
    2054             :                                                                     this_result_rel->relid,
    2055             :                                                                     top_result_rel->relid);
    2056        3696 :                         updateColnosLists = lappend(updateColnosLists,
    2057             :                                                     update_colnos);
    2058             :                     }
    2059        5378 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2060             :                     {
    2061         504 :                         List       *withCheckOptions = parse->withCheckOptions;
    2062             : 
    2063         504 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2064             :                             withCheckOptions = (List *)
    2065         504 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2066             :                                                                   (Node *) withCheckOptions,
    2067             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2068             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2069         504 :                         withCheckOptionLists = lappend(withCheckOptionLists,
    2070             :                                                        withCheckOptions);
    2071             :                     }
    2072        5378 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    2073             :                     {
    2074         846 :                         List       *returningList = parse->returningList;
    2075             : 
    2076         846 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2077             :                             returningList = (List *)
    2078         846 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2079             :                                                                   (Node *) returningList,
    2080             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2081             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2082         846 :                         returningLists = lappend(returningLists,
    2083             :                                                  returningList);
    2084             :                     }
    2085        5378 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2086             :                     {
    2087             :                         ListCell   *l;
    2088         542 :                         List       *mergeActionList = NIL;
    2089             : 
    2090             :                         /*
    2091             :                          * Copy MergeActions and translate stuff that
    2092             :                          * references attribute numbers.
    2093             :                          */
    2094        1692 :                         foreach(l, parse->mergeActionList)
    2095             :                         {
    2096        1150 :                             MergeAction *action = lfirst(l),
    2097        1150 :                                        *leaf_action = copyObject(action);
    2098             : 
    2099        1150 :                             leaf_action->qual =
    2100        1150 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2101             :                                                                   (Node *) action->qual,
    2102             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2103             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2104        1150 :                             leaf_action->targetList = (List *)
    2105        1150 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2106        1150 :                                                                   (Node *) action->targetList,
    2107             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2108             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2109        1150 :                             if (leaf_action->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2110         642 :                                 leaf_action->updateColnos =
    2111         642 :                                     adjust_inherited_attnums_multilevel(root,
    2112             :                                                                         action->updateColnos,
    2113             :                                                                         this_result_rel->relid,
    2114             :                                                                         top_result_rel->relid);
    2115        1150 :                             mergeActionList = lappend(mergeActionList,
    2116             :                                                       leaf_action);
    2117             :                         }
    2118             : 
    2119         542 :                         mergeActionLists = lappend(mergeActionLists,
    2120             :                                                    mergeActionList);
    2121             :                     }
    2122        5378 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2123             :                     {
    2124         542 :                         Node       *mergeJoinCondition = parse->mergeJoinCondition;
    2125             : 
    2126         542 :                         if (this_result_rel != top_result_rel)
    2127             :                             mergeJoinCondition =
    2128         542 :                                 adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    2129             :                                                                   mergeJoinCondition,
    2130             :                                                                   this_result_rel,
    2131             :                                                                   top_result_rel);
    2132         542 :                         mergeJoinConditions = lappend(mergeJoinConditions,
    2133             :                                                       mergeJoinCondition);
    2134             :                     }
    2135             :                 }
    2136             : 
    2137        2916 :                 if (resultRelations == NIL)
    2138             :                 {
    2139             :                     /*
    2140             :                      * We managed to exclude every child rel, so generate a
    2141             :                      * dummy one-relation plan using info for the top target
    2142             :                      * rel (even though that may not be a leaf target).
    2143             :                      * Although it's clear that no data will be updated or
    2144             :                      * deleted, we still need to have a ModifyTable node so
    2145             :                      * that any statement triggers will be executed.  (This
    2146             :                      * could be cleaner if we fixed nodeModifyTable.c to allow
    2147             :                      * zero target relations, but that probably wouldn't be a
    2148             :                      * net win.)
    2149             :                      */
    2150          36 :                     resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    2151          36 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2152          32 :                         updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    2153          36 :                     if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2154           0 :                         withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2155          36 :                     if (parse->returningList)
    2156          18 :                         returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2157          36 :                     if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2158           2 :                         mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2159          36 :                     if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2160           2 :                         mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2161             :                 }
    2162             :             }
    2163             :             else
    2164             :             {
    2165             :                 /* Single-relation INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE/MERGE. */
    2166       88930 :                 rootRelation = 0;   /* there's no separate root rel */
    2167       88930 :                 resultRelations = list_make1_int(parse->resultRelation);
    2168       88930 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_UPDATE)
    2169       12692 :                     updateColnosLists = list_make1(root->update_colnos);
    2170       88930 :                 if (parse->withCheckOptions)
    2171        1094 :                     withCheckOptionLists = list_make1(parse->withCheckOptions);
    2172       88930 :                 if (parse->returningList)
    2173        2936 :                     returningLists = list_make1(parse->returningList);
    2174       88930 :                 if (parse->mergeActionList)
    2175        1602 :                     mergeActionLists = list_make1(parse->mergeActionList);
    2176       88930 :                 if (parse->commandType == CMD_MERGE)
    2177        1602 :                     mergeJoinConditions = list_make1(parse->mergeJoinCondition);
    2178             :             }
    2179             : 
    2180             :             /*
    2181             :              * If there was a FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE clause, the LockRows node
    2182             :              * will have dealt with fetching non-locked marked rows, else we
    2183             :              * need to have ModifyTable do that.
    2184             :              */
    2185       91846 :             if (parse->rowMarks)
    2186           0 :                 rowMarks = NIL;
    2187             :             else
    2188       91846 :                 rowMarks = root->rowMarks;
    2189             : 
    2190             :             path = (Path *)
    2191       91846 :                 create_modifytable_path(root, final_rel,
    2192             :                                         path,
    2193             :                                         parse->commandType,
    2194       91846 :                                         parse->canSetTag,
    2195       91846 :                                         parse->resultRelation,
    2196             :                                         rootRelation,
    2197             :                                         resultRelations,
    2198             :                                         updateColnosLists,
    2199             :                                         withCheckOptionLists,
    2200             :                                         returningLists,
    2201             :                                         rowMarks,
    2202             :                                         parse->onConflict,
    2203             :                                         mergeActionLists,
    2204             :                                         mergeJoinConditions,
    2205             :                                         assign_special_exec_param(root));
    2206             :         }
    2207             : 
    2208             :         /* And shove it into final_rel */
    2209      568732 :         add_path(final_rel, path);
    2210             :     }
    2211             : 
    2212             :     /*
    2213             :      * Generate partial paths for final_rel, too, if outer query levels might
    2214             :      * be able to make use of them.
    2215             :      */
    2216      547488 :     if (final_rel->consider_parallel && root->query_level > 1 &&
    2217       31048 :         !limit_needed(parse))
    2218             :     {
    2219             :         Assert(!parse->rowMarks && parse->commandType == CMD_SELECT);
    2220       30986 :         foreach(lc, current_rel->partial_pathlist)
    2221             :         {
    2222         124 :             Path       *partial_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    2223             : 
    2224         124 :             add_partial_path(final_rel, partial_path);
    2225             :         }
    2226             :     }
    2227             : 
    2228      547488 :     extra.limit_needed = limit_needed(parse);
    2229      547488 :     extra.limit_tuples = limit_tuples;
    2230      547488 :     extra.count_est = count_est;
    2231      547488 :     extra.offset_est = offset_est;
    2232             : 
    2233             :     /*
    2234             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    2235             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    2236             :      */
    2237      547488 :     if (final_rel->fdwroutine &&
    2238        1264 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    2239        1192 :         final_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2240             :                                                     current_rel, final_rel,
    2241             :                                                     &extra);
    2242             : 
    2243             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    2244      547488 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    2245           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_FINAL,
    2246             :                                     current_rel, final_rel, &extra);
    2247             : 
    2248             :     /* Note: currently, we leave it to callers to do set_cheapest() */
    2249      547488 : }
    2250             : 
    2251             : /*
    2252             :  * Do preprocessing for groupingSets clause and related data.
    2253             :  *
    2254             :  * We expect that parse->groupingSets has already been expanded into a flat
    2255             :  * list of grouping sets (that is, just integer Lists of ressortgroupref
    2256             :  * numbers) by expand_grouping_sets().  This function handles the preliminary
    2257             :  * steps of organizing the grouping sets into lists of rollups, and preparing
    2258             :  * annotations which will later be filled in with size estimates.
    2259             :  */
    2260             : static grouping_sets_data *
    2261        1020 : preprocess_grouping_sets(PlannerInfo *root)
    2262             : {
    2263        1020 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2264             :     List       *sets;
    2265        1020 :     int         maxref = 0;
    2266             :     ListCell   *lc_set;
    2267        1020 :     grouping_sets_data *gd = palloc0_object(grouping_sets_data);
    2268             : 
    2269             :     /*
    2270             :      * We don't currently make any attempt to optimize the groupClause when
    2271             :      * there are grouping sets, so just duplicate it in processed_groupClause.
    2272             :      */
    2273        1020 :     root->processed_groupClause = parse->groupClause;
    2274             : 
    2275             :     /* Detect unhashable and unsortable grouping expressions */
    2276        1020 :     gd->any_hashable = false;
    2277        1020 :     gd->unhashable_refs = NULL;
    2278        1020 :     gd->unsortable_refs = NULL;
    2279        1020 :     gd->unsortable_sets = NIL;
    2280             : 
    2281        1020 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    2282             :     {
    2283             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2284             : 
    2285        2980 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupClause)
    2286             :         {
    2287        2038 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2288        2038 :             Index       ref = gc->tleSortGroupRef;
    2289             : 
    2290        2038 :             if (ref > maxref)
    2291        1990 :                 maxref = ref;
    2292             : 
    2293        2038 :             if (!gc->hashable)
    2294          30 :                 gd->unhashable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unhashable_refs, ref);
    2295             : 
    2296        2038 :             if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop))
    2297          42 :                 gd->unsortable_refs = bms_add_member(gd->unsortable_refs, ref);
    2298             :         }
    2299             :     }
    2300             : 
    2301             :     /* Allocate workspace array for remapping */
    2302        1020 :     gd->tleref_to_colnum_map = (int *) palloc((maxref + 1) * sizeof(int));
    2303             : 
    2304             :     /*
    2305             :      * If we have any unsortable sets, we must extract them before trying to
    2306             :      * prepare rollups. Unsortable sets don't go through
    2307             :      * reorder_grouping_sets, so we must apply the GroupingSetData annotation
    2308             :      * here.
    2309             :      */
    2310        1020 :     if (!bms_is_empty(gd->unsortable_refs))
    2311             :     {
    2312          42 :         List       *sortable_sets = NIL;
    2313             :         ListCell   *lc;
    2314             : 
    2315         126 :         foreach(lc, parse->groupingSets)
    2316             :         {
    2317          90 :             List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    2318             : 
    2319          90 :             if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unsortable_refs, gset))
    2320             :             {
    2321          48 :                 GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    2322             : 
    2323          48 :                 gs->set = gset;
    2324          48 :                 gd->unsortable_sets = lappend(gd->unsortable_sets, gs);
    2325             : 
    2326             :                 /*
    2327             :                  * We must enforce here that an unsortable set is hashable;
    2328             :                  * later code assumes this.  Parse analysis only checks that
    2329             :                  * every individual column is either hashable or sortable.
    2330             :                  *
    2331             :                  * Note that passing this test doesn't guarantee we can
    2332             :                  * generate a plan; there might be other showstoppers.
    2333             :                  */
    2334          48 :                 if (bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gset))
    2335           6 :                     ereport(ERROR,
    2336             :                             (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    2337             :                              errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    2338             :                              errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    2339             :             }
    2340             :             else
    2341          42 :                 sortable_sets = lappend(sortable_sets, gset);
    2342             :         }
    2343             : 
    2344          36 :         if (sortable_sets)
    2345          30 :             sets = extract_rollup_sets(sortable_sets);
    2346             :         else
    2347           6 :             sets = NIL;
    2348             :     }
    2349             :     else
    2350         978 :         sets = extract_rollup_sets(parse->groupingSets);
    2351             : 
    2352        2654 :     foreach(lc_set, sets)
    2353             :     {
    2354        1640 :         List       *current_sets = (List *) lfirst(lc_set);
    2355        1640 :         RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    2356             :         GroupingSetData *gs;
    2357             : 
    2358             :         /*
    2359             :          * Reorder the current list of grouping sets into correct prefix
    2360             :          * order.  If only one aggregation pass is needed, try to make the
    2361             :          * list match the ORDER BY clause; if more than one pass is needed, we
    2362             :          * don't bother with that.
    2363             :          *
    2364             :          * Note that this reorders the sets from smallest-member-first to
    2365             :          * largest-member-first, and applies the GroupingSetData annotations,
    2366             :          * though the data will be filled in later.
    2367             :          */
    2368        1640 :         current_sets = reorder_grouping_sets(current_sets,
    2369        1640 :                                              (list_length(sets) == 1
    2370             :                                               ? parse->sortClause
    2371             :                                               : NIL));
    2372             : 
    2373             :         /*
    2374             :          * Get the initial (and therefore largest) grouping set.
    2375             :          */
    2376        1640 :         gs = linitial_node(GroupingSetData, current_sets);
    2377             : 
    2378             :         /*
    2379             :          * Order the groupClause appropriately.  If the first grouping set is
    2380             :          * empty, then the groupClause must also be empty; otherwise we have
    2381             :          * to force the groupClause to match that grouping set's order.
    2382             :          *
    2383             :          * (The first grouping set can be empty even though parse->groupClause
    2384             :          * is not empty only if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable.
    2385             :          * The groupClauses for hashed grouping sets are built later on.)
    2386             :          */
    2387        1640 :         if (gs->set)
    2388        1562 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    2389             :         else
    2390          78 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    2391             : 
    2392             :         /*
    2393             :          * Is it hashable? We pretend empty sets are hashable even though we
    2394             :          * actually force them not to be hashed later. But don't bother if
    2395             :          * there's nothing but empty sets (since in that case we can't hash
    2396             :          * anything).
    2397             :          */
    2398        1640 :         if (gs->set &&
    2399        1562 :             !bms_overlap_list(gd->unhashable_refs, gs->set))
    2400             :         {
    2401        1538 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    2402        1538 :             gd->any_hashable = true;
    2403             :         }
    2404             : 
    2405             :         /*
    2406             :          * Now that we've pinned down an order for the groupClause for this
    2407             :          * list of grouping sets, we need to remap the entries in the grouping
    2408             :          * sets from sortgrouprefs to plain indices (0-based) into the
    2409             :          * groupClause for this collection of grouping sets. We keep the
    2410             :          * original form for later use, though.
    2411             :          */
    2412        1640 :         rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    2413             :                                                  current_sets,
    2414             :                                                  gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2415        1640 :         rollup->gsets_data = current_sets;
    2416             : 
    2417        1640 :         gd->rollups = lappend(gd->rollups, rollup);
    2418             :     }
    2419             : 
    2420        1014 :     if (gd->unsortable_sets)
    2421             :     {
    2422             :         /*
    2423             :          * We have not yet pinned down a groupclause for this, but we will
    2424             :          * need index-based lists for estimation purposes. Construct
    2425             :          * hash_sets_idx based on the entire original groupclause for now.
    2426             :          */
    2427          36 :         gd->hash_sets_idx = remap_to_groupclause_idx(parse->groupClause,
    2428             :                                                      gd->unsortable_sets,
    2429             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    2430          36 :         gd->any_hashable = true;
    2431             :     }
    2432             : 
    2433        1014 :     return gd;
    2434             : }
    2435             : 
    2436             : /*
    2437             :  * Given a groupclause and a list of GroupingSetData, return equivalent sets
    2438             :  * (without annotation) mapped to indexes into the given groupclause.
    2439             :  */
    2440             : static List *
    2441        4628 : remap_to_groupclause_idx(List *groupClause,
    2442             :                          List *gsets,
    2443             :                          int *tleref_to_colnum_map)
    2444             : {
    2445        4628 :     int         ref = 0;
    2446        4628 :     List       *result = NIL;
    2447             :     ListCell   *lc;
    2448             : 
    2449       11132 :     foreach(lc, groupClause)
    2450             :     {
    2451        6504 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    2452             : 
    2453        6504 :         tleref_to_colnum_map[gc->tleSortGroupRef] = ref++;
    2454             :     }
    2455             : 
    2456       10640 :     foreach(lc, gsets)
    2457             :     {
    2458        6012 :         List       *set = NIL;
    2459             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    2460        6012 :         GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    2461             : 
    2462       13378 :         foreach(lc2, gs->set)
    2463             :         {
    2464        7366 :             set = lappend_int(set, tleref_to_colnum_map[lfirst_int(lc2)]);
    2465             :         }
    2466             : 
    2467        6012 :         result = lappend(result, set);
    2468             :     }
    2469             : 
    2470        4628 :     return result;
    2471             : }
    2472             : 
    2473             : 
    2474             : /*
    2475             :  * preprocess_rowmarks - set up PlanRowMarks if needed
    2476             :  */
    2477             : static void
    2478      551540 : preprocess_rowmarks(PlannerInfo *root)
    2479             : {
    2480      551540 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2481             :     Bitmapset  *rels;
    2482             :     List       *prowmarks;
    2483             :     ListCell   *l;
    2484             :     int         i;
    2485             : 
    2486      551540 :     if (parse->rowMarks)
    2487             :     {
    2488             :         /*
    2489             :          * We've got trouble if FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE appears inside
    2490             :          * grouping, since grouping renders a reference to individual tuple
    2491             :          * CTIDs invalid.  This is also checked at parse time, but that's
    2492             :          * insufficient because of rule substitution, query pullup, etc.
    2493             :          */
    2494       13554 :         CheckSelectLocking(parse, linitial_node(RowMarkClause,
    2495             :                                                 parse->rowMarks)->strength);
    2496             :     }
    2497             :     else
    2498             :     {
    2499             :         /*
    2500             :          * We only need rowmarks for UPDATE, DELETE, MERGE, or FOR [KEY]
    2501             :          * UPDATE/SHARE.
    2502             :          */
    2503      537986 :         if (parse->commandType != CMD_UPDATE &&
    2504      523250 :             parse->commandType != CMD_DELETE &&
    2505      518858 :             parse->commandType != CMD_MERGE)
    2506      517004 :             return;
    2507             :     }
    2508             : 
    2509             :     /*
    2510             :      * We need to have rowmarks for all base relations except the target. We
    2511             :      * make a bitmapset of all base rels and then remove the items we don't
    2512             :      * need or have FOR [KEY] UPDATE/SHARE marks for.
    2513             :      */
    2514       34536 :     rels = get_relids_in_jointree((Node *) parse->jointree, false, false);
    2515       34536 :     if (parse->resultRelation)
    2516       20982 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, parse->resultRelation);
    2517             : 
    2518             :     /*
    2519             :      * Convert RowMarkClauses to PlanRowMark representation.
    2520             :      */
    2521       34536 :     prowmarks = NIL;
    2522       48320 :     foreach(l, parse->rowMarks)
    2523             :     {
    2524       13784 :         RowMarkClause *rc = lfirst_node(RowMarkClause, l);
    2525       13784 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = rt_fetch(rc->rti, parse->rtable);
    2526             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2527             : 
    2528             :         /*
    2529             :          * Currently, it is syntactically impossible to have FOR UPDATE et al
    2530             :          * applied to an update/delete target rel.  If that ever becomes
    2531             :          * possible, we should drop the target from the PlanRowMark list.
    2532             :          */
    2533             :         Assert(rc->rti != parse->resultRelation);
    2534             : 
    2535             :         /*
    2536             :          * Ignore RowMarkClauses for subqueries; they aren't real tables and
    2537             :          * can't support true locking.  Subqueries that got flattened into the
    2538             :          * main query should be ignored completely.  Any that didn't will get
    2539             :          * ROW_MARK_COPY items in the next loop.
    2540             :          */
    2541       13784 :         if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2542          60 :             continue;
    2543             : 
    2544       13724 :         rels = bms_del_member(rels, rc->rti);
    2545             : 
    2546       13724 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2547       13724 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = rc->rti;
    2548       13724 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2549       13724 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, rc->strength);
    2550       13724 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2551       13724 :         newrc->strength = rc->strength;
    2552       13724 :         newrc->waitPolicy = rc->waitPolicy;
    2553       13724 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2554             : 
    2555       13724 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2556             :     }
    2557             : 
    2558             :     /*
    2559             :      * Now, add rowmarks for any non-target, non-locked base relations.
    2560             :      */
    2561       34536 :     i = 0;
    2562       79932 :     foreach(l, parse->rtable)
    2563             :     {
    2564       45396 :         RangeTblEntry *rte = lfirst_node(RangeTblEntry, l);
    2565             :         PlanRowMark *newrc;
    2566             : 
    2567       45396 :         i++;
    2568       45396 :         if (!bms_is_member(i, rels))
    2569       41626 :             continue;
    2570             : 
    2571        3770 :         newrc = makeNode(PlanRowMark);
    2572        3770 :         newrc->rti = newrc->prti = i;
    2573        3770 :         newrc->rowmarkId = ++(root->glob->lastRowMarkId);
    2574        3770 :         newrc->markType = select_rowmark_type(rte, LCS_NONE);
    2575        3770 :         newrc->allMarkTypes = (1 << newrc->markType);
    2576        3770 :         newrc->strength = LCS_NONE;
    2577        3770 :         newrc->waitPolicy = LockWaitBlock;   /* doesn't matter */
    2578        3770 :         newrc->isParent = false;
    2579             : 
    2580        3770 :         prowmarks = lappend(prowmarks, newrc);
    2581             :     }
    2582             : 
    2583       34536 :     root->rowMarks = prowmarks;
    2584             : }
    2585             : 
    2586             : /*
    2587             :  * Select RowMarkType to use for a given table
    2588             :  */
    2589             : RowMarkType
    2590       19910 : select_rowmark_type(RangeTblEntry *rte, LockClauseStrength strength)
    2591             : {
    2592       19910 :     if (rte->rtekind != RTE_RELATION)
    2593             :     {
    2594             :         /* If it's not a table at all, use ROW_MARK_COPY */
    2595        1438 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2596             :     }
    2597       18472 :     else if (rte->relkind == RELKIND_FOREIGN_TABLE)
    2598             :     {
    2599             :         /* Let the FDW select the rowmark type, if it wants to */
    2600         228 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = GetFdwRoutineByRelId(rte->relid);
    2601             : 
    2602         228 :         if (fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType != NULL)
    2603           0 :             return fdwroutine->GetForeignRowMarkType(rte, strength);
    2604             :         /* Otherwise, use ROW_MARK_COPY by default */
    2605         228 :         return ROW_MARK_COPY;
    2606             :     }
    2607             :     else
    2608             :     {
    2609             :         /* Regular table, apply the appropriate lock type */
    2610       18244 :         switch (strength)
    2611             :         {
    2612        2546 :             case LCS_NONE:
    2613             : 
    2614             :                 /*
    2615             :                  * We don't need a tuple lock, only the ability to re-fetch
    2616             :                  * the row.
    2617             :                  */
    2618        2546 :                 return ROW_MARK_REFERENCE;
    2619             :                 break;
    2620       13766 :             case LCS_FORKEYSHARE:
    2621       13766 :                 return ROW_MARK_KEYSHARE;
    2622             :                 break;
    2623         306 :             case LCS_FORSHARE:
    2624         306 :                 return ROW_MARK_SHARE;
    2625             :                 break;
    2626          78 :             case LCS_FORNOKEYUPDATE:
    2627          78 :                 return ROW_MARK_NOKEYEXCLUSIVE;
    2628             :                 break;
    2629        1548 :             case LCS_FORUPDATE:
    2630        1548 :                 return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;
    2631             :                 break;
    2632             :         }
    2633           0 :         elog(ERROR, "unrecognized LockClauseStrength %d", (int) strength);
    2634             :         return ROW_MARK_EXCLUSIVE;  /* keep compiler quiet */
    2635             :     }
    2636             : }
    2637             : 
    2638             : /*
    2639             :  * preprocess_limit - do pre-estimation for LIMIT and/or OFFSET clauses
    2640             :  *
    2641             :  * We try to estimate the values of the LIMIT/OFFSET clauses, and pass the
    2642             :  * results back in *count_est and *offset_est.  These variables are set to
    2643             :  * 0 if the corresponding clause is not present, and -1 if it's present
    2644             :  * but we couldn't estimate the value for it.  (The "0" convention is OK
    2645             :  * for OFFSET but a little bit bogus for LIMIT: effectively we estimate
    2646             :  * LIMIT 0 as though it were LIMIT 1.  But this is in line with the planner's
    2647             :  * usual practice of never estimating less than one row.)  These values will
    2648             :  * be passed to create_limit_path, which see if you change this code.
    2649             :  *
    2650             :  * The return value is the suitably adjusted tuple_fraction to use for
    2651             :  * planning the query.  This adjustment is not overridable, since it reflects
    2652             :  * plan actions that grouping_planner() will certainly take, not assumptions
    2653             :  * about context.
    2654             :  */
    2655             : static double
    2656        5250 : preprocess_limit(PlannerInfo *root, double tuple_fraction,
    2657             :                  int64 *offset_est, int64 *count_est)
    2658             : {
    2659        5250 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2660             :     Node       *est;
    2661             :     double      limit_fraction;
    2662             : 
    2663             :     /* Should not be called unless LIMIT or OFFSET */
    2664             :     Assert(parse->limitCount || parse->limitOffset);
    2665             : 
    2666             :     /*
    2667             :      * Try to obtain the clause values.  We use estimate_expression_value
    2668             :      * primarily because it can sometimes do something useful with Params.
    2669             :      */
    2670        5250 :     if (parse->limitCount)
    2671             :     {
    2672        4718 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitCount);
    2673        4718 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2674             :         {
    2675        4712 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2676             :             {
    2677             :                 /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2678           0 :                 *count_est = 0; /* treat as not present */
    2679             :             }
    2680             :             else
    2681             :             {
    2682        4712 :                 *count_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2683        4712 :                 if (*count_est <= 0)
    2684         150 :                     *count_est = 1; /* force to at least 1 */
    2685             :             }
    2686             :         }
    2687             :         else
    2688           6 :             *count_est = -1;    /* can't estimate */
    2689             :     }
    2690             :     else
    2691         532 :         *count_est = 0;         /* not present */
    2692             : 
    2693        5250 :     if (parse->limitOffset)
    2694             :     {
    2695         904 :         est = estimate_expression_value(root, parse->limitOffset);
    2696         904 :         if (est && IsA(est, Const))
    2697             :         {
    2698         880 :             if (((Const *) est)->constisnull)
    2699             :             {
    2700             :                 /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor will too */
    2701           0 :                 *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2702             :             }
    2703             :             else
    2704             :             {
    2705         880 :                 *offset_est = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) est)->constvalue);
    2706         880 :                 if (*offset_est < 0)
    2707           0 :                     *offset_est = 0;    /* treat as not present */
    2708             :             }
    2709             :         }
    2710             :         else
    2711          24 :             *offset_est = -1;   /* can't estimate */
    2712             :     }
    2713             :     else
    2714        4346 :         *offset_est = 0;        /* not present */
    2715             : 
    2716        5250 :     if (*count_est != 0)
    2717             :     {
    2718             :         /*
    2719             :          * A LIMIT clause limits the absolute number of tuples returned.
    2720             :          * However, if it's not a constant LIMIT then we have to guess; for
    2721             :          * lack of a better idea, assume 10% of the plan's result is wanted.
    2722             :          */
    2723        4718 :         if (*count_est < 0 || *offset_est < 0)
    2724             :         {
    2725             :             /* LIMIT or OFFSET is an expression ... punt ... */
    2726          24 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2727             :         }
    2728             :         else
    2729             :         {
    2730             :             /* LIMIT (plus OFFSET, if any) is max number of tuples needed */
    2731        4694 :             limit_fraction = (double) *count_est + (double) *offset_est;
    2732             :         }
    2733             : 
    2734             :         /*
    2735             :          * If we have absolute limits from both caller and LIMIT, use the
    2736             :          * smaller value; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2737             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we can't easily determine which
    2738             :          * is smaller, but we use the heuristic that the absolute will usually
    2739             :          * be smaller.
    2740             :          */
    2741        4718 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2742             :         {
    2743           6 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2744             :             {
    2745             :                 /* both absolute */
    2746           6 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2747             :             }
    2748             :             else
    2749             :             {
    2750             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use caller's value */
    2751             :             }
    2752             :         }
    2753        4712 :         else if (tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2754             :         {
    2755         148 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2756             :             {
    2757             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use limit */
    2758         148 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2759             :             }
    2760             :             else
    2761             :             {
    2762             :                 /* both fractional */
    2763           0 :                 tuple_fraction = Min(tuple_fraction, limit_fraction);
    2764             :             }
    2765             :         }
    2766             :         else
    2767             :         {
    2768             :             /* no info from caller, just use limit */
    2769        4564 :             tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2770             :         }
    2771             :     }
    2772         532 :     else if (*offset_est != 0 && tuple_fraction > 0.0)
    2773             :     {
    2774             :         /*
    2775             :          * We have an OFFSET but no LIMIT.  This acts entirely differently
    2776             :          * from the LIMIT case: here, we need to increase rather than decrease
    2777             :          * the caller's tuple_fraction, because the OFFSET acts to cause more
    2778             :          * tuples to be fetched instead of fewer.  This only matters if we got
    2779             :          * a tuple_fraction > 0, however.
    2780             :          *
    2781             :          * As above, use 10% if OFFSET is present but unestimatable.
    2782             :          */
    2783          16 :         if (*offset_est < 0)
    2784           0 :             limit_fraction = 0.10;
    2785             :         else
    2786          16 :             limit_fraction = (double) *offset_est;
    2787             : 
    2788             :         /*
    2789             :          * If we have absolute counts from both caller and OFFSET, add them
    2790             :          * together; likewise if they are both fractional.  If one is
    2791             :          * fractional and the other absolute, we want to take the larger, and
    2792             :          * we heuristically assume that's the fractional one.
    2793             :          */
    2794          16 :         if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2795             :         {
    2796           0 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2797             :             {
    2798             :                 /* both absolute, so add them together */
    2799           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2800             :             }
    2801             :             else
    2802             :             {
    2803             :                 /* caller absolute, limit fractional; use limit */
    2804           0 :                 tuple_fraction = limit_fraction;
    2805             :             }
    2806             :         }
    2807             :         else
    2808             :         {
    2809          16 :             if (limit_fraction >= 1.0)
    2810             :             {
    2811             :                 /* caller fractional, limit absolute; use caller's value */
    2812             :             }
    2813             :             else
    2814             :             {
    2815             :                 /* both fractional, so add them together */
    2816           0 :                 tuple_fraction += limit_fraction;
    2817           0 :                 if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0)
    2818           0 :                     tuple_fraction = 0.0;   /* assume fetch all */
    2819             :             }
    2820             :         }
    2821             :     }
    2822             : 
    2823        5250 :     return tuple_fraction;
    2824             : }
    2825             : 
    2826             : /*
    2827             :  * limit_needed - do we actually need a Limit plan node?
    2828             :  *
    2829             :  * If we have constant-zero OFFSET and constant-null LIMIT, we can skip adding
    2830             :  * a Limit node.  This is worth checking for because "OFFSET 0" is a common
    2831             :  * locution for an optimization fence.  (Because other places in the planner
    2832             :  * merely check whether parse->limitOffset isn't NULL, it will still work as
    2833             :  * an optimization fence --- we're just suppressing unnecessary run-time
    2834             :  * overhead.)
    2835             :  *
    2836             :  * This might look like it could be merged into preprocess_limit, but there's
    2837             :  * a key distinction: here we need hard constants in OFFSET/LIMIT, whereas
    2838             :  * in preprocess_limit it's good enough to consider estimated values.
    2839             :  */
    2840             : bool
    2841     1167590 : limit_needed(Query *parse)
    2842             : {
    2843             :     Node       *node;
    2844             : 
    2845     1167590 :     node = parse->limitCount;
    2846     1167590 :     if (node)
    2847             :     {
    2848       11294 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2849             :         {
    2850             :             /* NULL indicates LIMIT ALL, ie, no limit */
    2851       11058 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2852       11058 :                 return true;    /* LIMIT with a constant value */
    2853             :         }
    2854             :         else
    2855         236 :             return true;        /* non-constant LIMIT */
    2856             :     }
    2857             : 
    2858     1156296 :     node = parse->limitOffset;
    2859     1156296 :     if (node)
    2860             :     {
    2861        1550 :         if (IsA(node, Const))
    2862             :         {
    2863             :             /* Treat NULL as no offset; the executor would too */
    2864        1238 :             if (!((Const *) node)->constisnull)
    2865             :             {
    2866        1238 :                 int64       offset = DatumGetInt64(((Const *) node)->constvalue);
    2867             : 
    2868        1238 :                 if (offset != 0)
    2869         146 :                     return true;    /* OFFSET with a nonzero value */
    2870             :             }
    2871             :         }
    2872             :         else
    2873         312 :             return true;        /* non-constant OFFSET */
    2874             :     }
    2875             : 
    2876     1155838 :     return false;               /* don't need a Limit plan node */
    2877             : }
    2878             : 
    2879             : /*
    2880             :  * preprocess_groupclause - do preparatory work on GROUP BY clause
    2881             :  *
    2882             :  * The idea here is to adjust the ordering of the GROUP BY elements
    2883             :  * (which in itself is semantically insignificant) to match ORDER BY,
    2884             :  * thereby allowing a single sort operation to both implement the ORDER BY
    2885             :  * requirement and set up for a Unique step that implements GROUP BY.
    2886             :  * We also consider partial match between GROUP BY and ORDER BY elements,
    2887             :  * which could allow to implement ORDER BY using the incremental sort.
    2888             :  *
    2889             :  * We also consider other orderings of the GROUP BY elements, which could
    2890             :  * match the sort ordering of other possible plans (eg an indexscan) and
    2891             :  * thereby reduce cost.  This is implemented during the generation of grouping
    2892             :  * paths.  See get_useful_group_keys_orderings() for details.
    2893             :  *
    2894             :  * Note: we need no comparable processing of the distinctClause because
    2895             :  * the parser already enforced that that matches ORDER BY.
    2896             :  *
    2897             :  * Note: we return a fresh List, but its elements are the same
    2898             :  * SortGroupClauses appearing in parse->groupClause.  This is important
    2899             :  * because later processing may modify the processed_groupClause list.
    2900             :  *
    2901             :  * For grouping sets, the order of items is instead forced to agree with that
    2902             :  * of the grouping set (and items not in the grouping set are skipped). The
    2903             :  * work of sorting the order of grouping set elements to match the ORDER BY if
    2904             :  * possible is done elsewhere.
    2905             :  */
    2906             : static List *
    2907        8642 : preprocess_groupclause(PlannerInfo *root, List *force)
    2908             : {
    2909        8642 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    2910        8642 :     List       *new_groupclause = NIL;
    2911             :     ListCell   *sl;
    2912             :     ListCell   *gl;
    2913             : 
    2914             :     /* For grouping sets, we need to force the ordering */
    2915        8642 :     if (force)
    2916             :     {
    2917       10940 :         foreach(sl, force)
    2918             :         {
    2919        6426 :             Index       ref = lfirst_int(sl);
    2920        6426 :             SortGroupClause *cl = get_sortgroupref_clause(ref, parse->groupClause);
    2921             : 
    2922        6426 :             new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, cl);
    2923             :         }
    2924             : 
    2925        4514 :         return new_groupclause;
    2926             :     }
    2927             : 
    2928             :     /* If no ORDER BY, nothing useful to do here */
    2929        4128 :     if (parse->sortClause == NIL)
    2930        2314 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2931             : 
    2932             :     /*
    2933             :      * Scan the ORDER BY clause and construct a list of matching GROUP BY
    2934             :      * items, but only as far as we can make a matching prefix.
    2935             :      *
    2936             :      * This code assumes that the sortClause contains no duplicate items.
    2937             :      */
    2938        3534 :     foreach(sl, parse->sortClause)
    2939             :     {
    2940        2366 :         SortGroupClause *sc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, sl);
    2941             : 
    2942        3462 :         foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2943             :         {
    2944        2816 :             SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2945             : 
    2946        2816 :             if (equal(gc, sc))
    2947             :             {
    2948        1720 :                 new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2949        1720 :                 break;
    2950             :             }
    2951             :         }
    2952        2366 :         if (gl == NULL)
    2953         646 :             break;              /* no match, so stop scanning */
    2954             :     }
    2955             : 
    2956             : 
    2957             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering GROUP BY */
    2958        1814 :     if (new_groupclause == NIL)
    2959         298 :         return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2960             : 
    2961             :     /*
    2962             :      * Add any remaining GROUP BY items to the new list.  We don't require a
    2963             :      * complete match, because even partial match allows ORDER BY to be
    2964             :      * implemented using incremental sort.  Also, give up if there are any
    2965             :      * non-sortable GROUP BY items, since then there's no hope anyway.
    2966             :      */
    2967        3402 :     foreach(gl, parse->groupClause)
    2968             :     {
    2969        1886 :         SortGroupClause *gc = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, gl);
    2970             : 
    2971        1886 :         if (list_member_ptr(new_groupclause, gc))
    2972        1720 :             continue;           /* it matched an ORDER BY item */
    2973         166 :         if (!OidIsValid(gc->sortop)) /* give up, GROUP BY can't be sorted */
    2974           0 :             return list_copy(parse->groupClause);
    2975         166 :         new_groupclause = lappend(new_groupclause, gc);
    2976             :     }
    2977             : 
    2978             :     /* Success --- install the rearranged GROUP BY list */
    2979             :     Assert(list_length(parse->groupClause) == list_length(new_groupclause));
    2980        1516 :     return new_groupclause;
    2981             : }
    2982             : 
    2983             : /*
    2984             :  * Extract lists of grouping sets that can be implemented using a single
    2985             :  * rollup-type aggregate pass each. Returns a list of lists of grouping sets.
    2986             :  *
    2987             :  * Input must be sorted with smallest sets first. Result has each sublist
    2988             :  * sorted with smallest sets first.
    2989             :  *
    2990             :  * We want to produce the absolute minimum possible number of lists here to
    2991             :  * avoid excess sorts. Fortunately, there is an algorithm for this; the problem
    2992             :  * of finding the minimal partition of a partially-ordered set into chains
    2993             :  * (which is what we need, taking the list of grouping sets as a poset ordered
    2994             :  * by set inclusion) can be mapped to the problem of finding the maximum
    2995             :  * cardinality matching on a bipartite graph, which is solvable in polynomial
    2996             :  * time with a worst case of no worse than O(n^2.5) and usually much
    2997             :  * better. Since our N is at most 4096, we don't need to consider fallbacks to
    2998             :  * heuristic or approximate methods.  (Planning time for a 12-d cube is under
    2999             :  * half a second on my modest system even with optimization off and assertions
    3000             :  * on.)
    3001             :  */
    3002             : static List *
    3003        1008 : extract_rollup_sets(List *groupingSets)
    3004             : {
    3005        1008 :     int         num_sets_raw = list_length(groupingSets);
    3006        1008 :     int         num_empty = 0;
    3007        1008 :     int         num_sets = 0;   /* distinct sets */
    3008        1008 :     int         num_chains = 0;
    3009        1008 :     List       *result = NIL;
    3010             :     List      **results;
    3011             :     List      **orig_sets;
    3012             :     Bitmapset **set_masks;
    3013             :     int        *chains;
    3014             :     short     **adjacency;
    3015             :     short      *adjacency_buf;
    3016             :     BipartiteMatchState *state;
    3017             :     int         i;
    3018             :     int         j;
    3019             :     int         j_size;
    3020        1008 :     ListCell   *lc1 = list_head(groupingSets);
    3021             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3022             : 
    3023             :     /*
    3024             :      * Start by stripping out empty sets.  The algorithm doesn't require this,
    3025             :      * but the planner currently needs all empty sets to be returned in the
    3026             :      * first list, so we strip them here and add them back after.
    3027             :      */
    3028        1712 :     while (lc1 && lfirst(lc1) == NIL)
    3029             :     {
    3030         704 :         ++num_empty;
    3031         704 :         lc1 = lnext(groupingSets, lc1);
    3032             :     }
    3033             : 
    3034             :     /* bail out now if it turns out that all we had were empty sets. */
    3035        1008 :     if (!lc1)
    3036          78 :         return list_make1(groupingSets);
    3037             : 
    3038             :     /*----------
    3039             :      * We don't strictly need to remove duplicate sets here, but if we don't,
    3040             :      * they tend to become scattered through the result, which is a bit
    3041             :      * confusing (and irritating if we ever decide to optimize them out).
    3042             :      * So we remove them here and add them back after.
    3043             :      *
    3044             :      * For each non-duplicate set, we fill in the following:
    3045             :      *
    3046             :      * orig_sets[i] = list of the original set lists
    3047             :      * set_masks[i] = bitmapset for testing inclusion
    3048             :      * adjacency[i] = array [n, v1, v2, ... vn] of adjacency indices
    3049             :      *
    3050             :      * chains[i] will be the result group this set is assigned to.
    3051             :      *
    3052             :      * We index all of these from 1 rather than 0 because it is convenient
    3053             :      * to leave 0 free for the NIL node in the graph algorithm.
    3054             :      *----------
    3055             :      */
    3056         930 :     orig_sets = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    3057         930 :     set_masks = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(Bitmapset *));
    3058         930 :     adjacency = palloc0((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short *));
    3059         930 :     adjacency_buf = palloc((num_sets_raw + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3060             : 
    3061         930 :     j_size = 0;
    3062         930 :     j = 0;
    3063         930 :     i = 1;
    3064             : 
    3065        3244 :     for_each_cell(lc, groupingSets, lc1)
    3066             :     {
    3067        2314 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3068        2314 :         Bitmapset  *candidate_set = NULL;
    3069             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    3070        2314 :         int         dup_of = 0;
    3071             : 
    3072        5546 :         foreach(lc2, candidate)
    3073             :         {
    3074        3232 :             candidate_set = bms_add_member(candidate_set, lfirst_int(lc2));
    3075             :         }
    3076             : 
    3077             :         /* we can only be a dup if we're the same length as a previous set */
    3078        2314 :         if (j_size == list_length(candidate))
    3079             :         {
    3080             :             int         k;
    3081             : 
    3082        2072 :             for (k = j; k < i; ++k)
    3083             :             {
    3084        1344 :                 if (bms_equal(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    3085             :                 {
    3086         158 :                     dup_of = k;
    3087         158 :                     break;
    3088             :                 }
    3089             :             }
    3090             :         }
    3091        1428 :         else if (j_size < list_length(candidate))
    3092             :         {
    3093        1428 :             j_size = list_length(candidate);
    3094        1428 :             j = i;
    3095             :         }
    3096             : 
    3097        2314 :         if (dup_of > 0)
    3098             :         {
    3099         158 :             orig_sets[dup_of] = lappend(orig_sets[dup_of], candidate);
    3100         158 :             bms_free(candidate_set);
    3101             :         }
    3102             :         else
    3103             :         {
    3104             :             int         k;
    3105        2156 :             int         n_adj = 0;
    3106             : 
    3107        2156 :             orig_sets[i] = list_make1(candidate);
    3108        2156 :             set_masks[i] = candidate_set;
    3109             : 
    3110             :             /* fill in adjacency list; no need to compare equal-size sets */
    3111             : 
    3112        3452 :             for (k = j - 1; k > 0; --k)
    3113             :             {
    3114        1296 :                 if (bms_is_subset(set_masks[k], candidate_set))
    3115        1134 :                     adjacency_buf[++n_adj] = k;
    3116             :             }
    3117             : 
    3118        2156 :             if (n_adj > 0)
    3119             :             {
    3120         622 :                 adjacency_buf[0] = n_adj;
    3121         622 :                 adjacency[i] = palloc((n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3122         622 :                 memcpy(adjacency[i], adjacency_buf, (n_adj + 1) * sizeof(short));
    3123             :             }
    3124             :             else
    3125        1534 :                 adjacency[i] = NULL;
    3126             : 
    3127        2156 :             ++i;
    3128             :         }
    3129             :     }
    3130             : 
    3131         930 :     num_sets = i - 1;
    3132             : 
    3133             :     /*
    3134             :      * Apply the graph matching algorithm to do the work.
    3135             :      */
    3136         930 :     state = BipartiteMatch(num_sets, num_sets, adjacency);
    3137             : 
    3138             :     /*
    3139             :      * Now, the state->pair* fields have the info we need to assign sets to
    3140             :      * chains. Two sets (u,v) belong to the same chain if pair_uv[u] = v or
    3141             :      * pair_vu[v] = u (both will be true, but we check both so that we can do
    3142             :      * it in one pass)
    3143             :      */
    3144         930 :     chains = palloc0((num_sets + 1) * sizeof(int));
    3145             : 
    3146        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3147             :     {
    3148        2156 :         int         u = state->pair_vu[i];
    3149        2156 :         int         v = state->pair_uv[i];
    3150             : 
    3151        2156 :         if (u > 0 && u < i)
    3152           0 :             chains[i] = chains[u];
    3153        2156 :         else if (v > 0 && v < i)
    3154         594 :             chains[i] = chains[v];
    3155             :         else
    3156        1562 :             chains[i] = ++num_chains;
    3157             :     }
    3158             : 
    3159             :     /* build result lists. */
    3160         930 :     results = palloc0((num_chains + 1) * sizeof(List *));
    3161             : 
    3162        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3163             :     {
    3164        2156 :         int         c = chains[i];
    3165             : 
    3166             :         Assert(c > 0);
    3167             : 
    3168        2156 :         results[c] = list_concat(results[c], orig_sets[i]);
    3169             :     }
    3170             : 
    3171             :     /* push any empty sets back on the first list. */
    3172        1496 :     while (num_empty-- > 0)
    3173         566 :         results[1] = lcons(NIL, results[1]);
    3174             : 
    3175             :     /* make result list */
    3176        2492 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_chains; ++i)
    3177        1562 :         result = lappend(result, results[i]);
    3178             : 
    3179             :     /*
    3180             :      * Free all the things.
    3181             :      *
    3182             :      * (This is over-fussy for small sets but for large sets we could have
    3183             :      * tied up a nontrivial amount of memory.)
    3184             :      */
    3185         930 :     BipartiteMatchFree(state);
    3186         930 :     pfree(results);
    3187         930 :     pfree(chains);
    3188        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3189        2156 :         if (adjacency[i])
    3190         622 :             pfree(adjacency[i]);
    3191         930 :     pfree(adjacency);
    3192         930 :     pfree(adjacency_buf);
    3193         930 :     pfree(orig_sets);
    3194        3086 :     for (i = 1; i <= num_sets; ++i)
    3195        2156 :         bms_free(set_masks[i]);
    3196         930 :     pfree(set_masks);
    3197             : 
    3198         930 :     return result;
    3199             : }
    3200             : 
    3201             : /*
    3202             :  * Reorder the elements of a list of grouping sets such that they have correct
    3203             :  * prefix relationships. Also inserts the GroupingSetData annotations.
    3204             :  *
    3205             :  * The input must be ordered with smallest sets first; the result is returned
    3206             :  * with largest sets first.  Note that the result shares no list substructure
    3207             :  * with the input, so it's safe for the caller to modify it later.
    3208             :  *
    3209             :  * If we're passed in a sortclause, we follow its order of columns to the
    3210             :  * extent possible, to minimize the chance that we add unnecessary sorts.
    3211             :  * (We're trying here to ensure that GROUPING SETS ((a,b,c),(c)) ORDER BY c,b,a
    3212             :  * gets implemented in one pass.)
    3213             :  */
    3214             : static List *
    3215        1640 : reorder_grouping_sets(List *groupingSets, List *sortclause)
    3216             : {
    3217             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3218        1640 :     List       *previous = NIL;
    3219        1640 :     List       *result = NIL;
    3220             : 
    3221        4658 :     foreach(lc, groupingSets)
    3222             :     {
    3223        3018 :         List       *candidate = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3224        3018 :         List       *new_elems = list_difference_int(candidate, previous);
    3225        3018 :         GroupingSetData *gs = makeNode(GroupingSetData);
    3226             : 
    3227        3194 :         while (list_length(sortclause) > list_length(previous) &&
    3228             :                new_elems != NIL)
    3229             :         {
    3230         296 :             SortGroupClause *sc = list_nth(sortclause, list_length(previous));
    3231         296 :             int         ref = sc->tleSortGroupRef;
    3232             : 
    3233         296 :             if (list_member_int(new_elems, ref))
    3234             :             {
    3235         176 :                 previous = lappend_int(previous, ref);
    3236         176 :                 new_elems = list_delete_int(new_elems, ref);
    3237             :             }
    3238             :             else
    3239             :             {
    3240             :                 /* diverged from the sortclause; give up on it */
    3241         120 :                 sortclause = NIL;
    3242         120 :                 break;
    3243             :             }
    3244             :         }
    3245             : 
    3246        3018 :         previous = list_concat(previous, new_elems);
    3247             : 
    3248        3018 :         gs->set = list_copy(previous);
    3249        3018 :         result = lcons(gs, result);
    3250             :     }
    3251             : 
    3252        1640 :     list_free(previous);
    3253             : 
    3254        1640 :     return result;
    3255             : }
    3256             : 
    3257             : /*
    3258             :  * has_volatile_pathkey
    3259             :  *      Returns true if any PathKey in 'keys' has an EquivalenceClass
    3260             :  *      containing a volatile function.  Otherwise returns false.
    3261             :  */
    3262             : static bool
    3263        2842 : has_volatile_pathkey(List *keys)
    3264             : {
    3265             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3266             : 
    3267        5828 :     foreach(lc, keys)
    3268             :     {
    3269        3004 :         PathKey    *pathkey = lfirst_node(PathKey, lc);
    3270             : 
    3271        3004 :         if (pathkey->pk_eclass->ec_has_volatile)
    3272          18 :             return true;
    3273             :     }
    3274             : 
    3275        2824 :     return false;
    3276             : }
    3277             : 
    3278             : /*
    3279             :  * adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg
    3280             :  *      Add pathkeys to root->group_pathkeys to reflect the best set of
    3281             :  *      pre-ordered input for ordered aggregates.
    3282             :  *
    3283             :  * We define "best" as the pathkeys that suit the largest number of
    3284             :  * aggregate functions.  We find these by looking at the first ORDER BY /
    3285             :  * DISTINCT aggregate and take the pathkeys for that before searching for
    3286             :  * other aggregates that require the same or a more strict variation of the
    3287             :  * same pathkeys.  We then repeat that process for any remaining aggregates
    3288             :  * with different pathkeys and if we find another set of pathkeys that suits a
    3289             :  * larger number of aggregates then we select those pathkeys instead.
    3290             :  *
    3291             :  * When the best pathkeys are found we also mark each Aggref that can use
    3292             :  * those pathkeys as aggpresorted = true.
    3293             :  *
    3294             :  * Note: When an aggregate function's ORDER BY / DISTINCT clause contains any
    3295             :  * volatile functions, we never make use of these pathkeys.  We want to ensure
    3296             :  * that sorts using volatile functions are done independently in each Aggref
    3297             :  * rather than once at the query level.  If we were to allow this then Aggrefs
    3298             :  * with compatible sort orders would all transition their rows in the same
    3299             :  * order if those pathkeys were deemed to be the best pathkeys to sort on.
    3300             :  * Whereas, if some other set of Aggref's pathkeys happened to be deemed
    3301             :  * better pathkeys to sort on, then the volatile function Aggrefs would be
    3302             :  * left to perform their sorts individually.  To avoid this inconsistent
    3303             :  * behavior which could make Aggref results depend on what other Aggrefs the
    3304             :  * query contains, we always force Aggrefs with volatile functions to perform
    3305             :  * their own sorts.
    3306             :  */
    3307             : static void
    3308        2446 : adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(PlannerInfo *root)
    3309             : {
    3310        2446 :     List       *grouppathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3311             :     List       *bestpathkeys;
    3312             :     Bitmapset  *bestaggs;
    3313             :     Bitmapset  *unprocessed_aggs;
    3314             :     ListCell   *lc;
    3315             :     int         i;
    3316             : 
    3317             :     /* Shouldn't be here if there are grouping sets */
    3318             :     Assert(root->parse->groupingSets == NIL);
    3319             :     /* Shouldn't be here unless there are some ordered aggregates */
    3320             :     Assert(root->numOrderedAggs > 0);
    3321             : 
    3322             :     /* Do nothing if disabled */
    3323        2446 :     if (!enable_presorted_aggregate)
    3324           6 :         return;
    3325             : 
    3326             :     /*
    3327             :      * Make a first pass over all AggInfos to collect a Bitmapset containing
    3328             :      * the indexes of all AggInfos to be processed below.
    3329             :      */
    3330        2440 :     unprocessed_aggs = NULL;
    3331        5564 :     foreach(lc, root->agginfos)
    3332             :     {
    3333        3124 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = lfirst_node(AggInfo, lc);
    3334        3124 :         Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3335             : 
    3336        3124 :         if (AGGKIND_IS_ORDERED_SET(aggref->aggkind))
    3337         264 :             continue;
    3338             : 
    3339             :         /* Skip unless there's a DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause */
    3340        2860 :         if (aggref->aggdistinct == NIL && aggref->aggorder == NIL)
    3341         300 :             continue;
    3342             : 
    3343             :         /* Additional safety checks are needed if there's a FILTER clause */
    3344        2560 :         if (aggref->aggfilter != NULL)
    3345             :         {
    3346             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    3347          54 :             bool        allow_presort = true;
    3348             : 
    3349             :             /*
    3350             :              * When the Aggref has a FILTER clause, it's possible that the
    3351             :              * filter removes rows that cannot be sorted because the
    3352             :              * expression to sort by results in an error during its
    3353             :              * evaluation.  This is a problem for presorting as that happens
    3354             :              * before the FILTER, whereas without presorting, the Aggregate
    3355             :              * node will apply the FILTER *before* sorting.  So that we never
    3356             :              * try to sort anything that might error, here we aim to skip over
    3357             :              * any Aggrefs with arguments with expressions which, when
    3358             :              * evaluated, could cause an ERROR.  Vars and Consts are ok. There
    3359             :              * may be more cases that should be allowed, but more thought
    3360             :              * needs to be given.  Err on the side of caution.
    3361             :              */
    3362         102 :             foreach(lc2, aggref->args)
    3363             :             {
    3364          72 :                 TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lc2);
    3365          72 :                 Expr       *expr = tle->expr;
    3366             : 
    3367          84 :                 while (IsA(expr, RelabelType))
    3368          12 :                     expr = (Expr *) (castNode(RelabelType, expr))->arg;
    3369             : 
    3370             :                 /* Common case, Vars and Consts are ok */
    3371          72 :                 if (IsA(expr, Var) || IsA(expr, Const))
    3372          48 :                     continue;
    3373             : 
    3374             :                 /* Unsupported.  Don't try to presort for this Aggref */
    3375          24 :                 allow_presort = false;
    3376          24 :                 break;
    3377             :             }
    3378             : 
    3379             :             /* Skip unsupported Aggrefs */
    3380          54 :             if (!allow_presort)
    3381          24 :                 continue;
    3382             :         }
    3383             : 
    3384        2536 :         unprocessed_aggs = bms_add_member(unprocessed_aggs,
    3385             :                                           foreach_current_index(lc));
    3386             :     }
    3387             : 
    3388             :     /*
    3389             :      * Now process all the unprocessed_aggs to find the best set of pathkeys
    3390             :      * for the given set of aggregates.
    3391             :      *
    3392             :      * On the first outer loop here 'bestaggs' will be empty.   We'll populate
    3393             :      * this during the first loop using the pathkeys for the very first
    3394             :      * AggInfo then taking any stronger pathkeys from any other AggInfos with
    3395             :      * a more strict set of compatible pathkeys.  Once the outer loop is
    3396             :      * complete, we mark off all the aggregates with compatible pathkeys then
    3397             :      * remove those from the unprocessed_aggs and repeat the process to try to
    3398             :      * find another set of pathkeys that are suitable for a larger number of
    3399             :      * aggregates.  The outer loop will stop when there are not enough
    3400             :      * unprocessed aggregates for it to be possible to find a set of pathkeys
    3401             :      * to suit a larger number of aggregates.
    3402             :      */
    3403        2440 :     bestpathkeys = NIL;
    3404        2440 :     bestaggs = NULL;
    3405        4814 :     while (bms_num_members(unprocessed_aggs) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3406             :     {
    3407        2374 :         Bitmapset  *aggindexes = NULL;
    3408        2374 :         List       *currpathkeys = NIL;
    3409             : 
    3410        2374 :         i = -1;
    3411        5216 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(unprocessed_aggs, i)) >= 0)
    3412             :         {
    3413        2842 :             AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3414        2842 :             Aggref     *aggref = linitial_node(Aggref, agginfo->aggrefs);
    3415             :             List       *sortlist;
    3416             :             List       *pathkeys;
    3417             : 
    3418        2842 :             if (aggref->aggdistinct != NIL)
    3419         724 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggdistinct;
    3420             :             else
    3421        2118 :                 sortlist = aggref->aggorder;
    3422             : 
    3423        2842 :             pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortlist,
    3424             :                                                      aggref->args);
    3425             : 
    3426             :             /*
    3427             :              * Ignore Aggrefs which have volatile functions in their ORDER BY
    3428             :              * or DISTINCT clause.
    3429             :              */
    3430        2842 :             if (has_volatile_pathkey(pathkeys))
    3431             :             {
    3432          18 :                 unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_member(unprocessed_aggs, i);
    3433          18 :                 continue;
    3434             :             }
    3435             : 
    3436             :             /*
    3437             :              * When not set yet, take the pathkeys from the first unprocessed
    3438             :              * aggregate.
    3439             :              */
    3440        2824 :             if (currpathkeys == NIL)
    3441             :             {
    3442        2368 :                 currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3443             : 
    3444             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3445        2368 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3446         276 :                     currpathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3447             :                                                    currpathkeys);
    3448             : 
    3449             :                 /* record that we found pathkeys for this aggregate */
    3450        2368 :                 aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3451             :             }
    3452             :             else
    3453             :             {
    3454             :                 /* now look for a stronger set of matching pathkeys */
    3455             : 
    3456             :                 /* include the GROUP BY pathkeys, if they exist */
    3457         456 :                 if (grouppathkeys != NIL)
    3458         288 :                     pathkeys = append_pathkeys(list_copy(grouppathkeys),
    3459             :                                                pathkeys);
    3460             : 
    3461             :                 /* are 'pathkeys' compatible or better than 'currpathkeys'? */
    3462         456 :                 switch (compare_pathkeys(currpathkeys, pathkeys))
    3463             :                 {
    3464          12 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER2:
    3465             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are stronger, use these ones instead */
    3466          12 :                         currpathkeys = pathkeys;
    3467             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3468             : 
    3469          66 :                     case PATHKEYS_BETTER1:
    3470             :                         /* 'pathkeys' are less strict */
    3471             :                         /* FALLTHROUGH */
    3472             : 
    3473             :                     case PATHKEYS_EQUAL:
    3474             :                         /* mark this aggregate as covered by 'currpathkeys' */
    3475          66 :                         aggindexes = bms_add_member(aggindexes, i);
    3476          66 :                         break;
    3477             : 
    3478         390 :                     case PATHKEYS_DIFFERENT:
    3479         390 :                         break;
    3480             :                 }
    3481             :             }
    3482             :         }
    3483             : 
    3484             :         /* remove the aggregates that we've just processed */
    3485        2374 :         unprocessed_aggs = bms_del_members(unprocessed_aggs, aggindexes);
    3486             : 
    3487             :         /*
    3488             :          * If this pass included more aggregates than the previous best then
    3489             :          * use these ones as the best set.
    3490             :          */
    3491        2374 :         if (bms_num_members(aggindexes) > bms_num_members(bestaggs))
    3492             :         {
    3493        2266 :             bestaggs = aggindexes;
    3494        2266 :             bestpathkeys = currpathkeys;
    3495             :         }
    3496             :     }
    3497             : 
    3498             :     /*
    3499             :      * If we found any ordered aggregates, update root->group_pathkeys to add
    3500             :      * the best set of aggregate pathkeys.  Note that bestpathkeys includes
    3501             :      * the original GROUP BY pathkeys already.
    3502             :      */
    3503        2440 :     if (bestpathkeys != NIL)
    3504        2206 :         root->group_pathkeys = bestpathkeys;
    3505             : 
    3506             :     /*
    3507             :      * Now that we've found the best set of aggregates we can set the
    3508             :      * presorted flag to indicate to the executor that it needn't bother
    3509             :      * performing a sort for these Aggrefs.  We're able to do this now as
    3510             :      * there's no chance of a Hash Aggregate plan as create_grouping_paths
    3511             :      * will not mark the GROUP BY as GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH due to the presence
    3512             :      * of ordered aggregates.
    3513             :      */
    3514        2440 :     i = -1;
    3515        4742 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(bestaggs, i)) >= 0)
    3516             :     {
    3517        2302 :         AggInfo    *agginfo = list_nth_node(AggInfo, root->agginfos, i);
    3518             : 
    3519        4622 :         foreach(lc, agginfo->aggrefs)
    3520             :         {
    3521        2320 :             Aggref     *aggref = lfirst_node(Aggref, lc);
    3522             : 
    3523        2320 :             aggref->aggpresorted = true;
    3524             :         }
    3525             :     }
    3526             : }
    3527             : 
    3528             : /*
    3529             :  * Compute query_pathkeys and other pathkeys during plan generation
    3530             :  */
    3531             : static void
    3532      541312 : standard_qp_callback(PlannerInfo *root, void *extra)
    3533             : {
    3534      541312 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3535      541312 :     standard_qp_extra *qp_extra = (standard_qp_extra *) extra;
    3536      541312 :     List       *tlist = root->processed_tlist;
    3537      541312 :     List       *activeWindows = qp_extra->activeWindows;
    3538             : 
    3539             :     /*
    3540             :      * Calculate pathkeys that represent grouping/ordering and/or ordered
    3541             :      * aggregate requirements.
    3542             :      */
    3543      541312 :     if (qp_extra->gset_data)
    3544             :     {
    3545             :         /*
    3546             :          * With grouping sets, just use the first RollupData's groupClause. We
    3547             :          * don't make any effort to optimize grouping clauses when there are
    3548             :          * grouping sets, nor can we combine aggregate ordering keys with
    3549             :          * grouping.
    3550             :          */
    3551        1014 :         List       *rollups = qp_extra->gset_data->rollups;
    3552        1014 :         List       *groupClause = (rollups ? linitial_node(RollupData, rollups)->groupClause : NIL);
    3553             : 
    3554        1014 :         if (grouping_is_sortable(groupClause))
    3555             :         {
    3556             :             bool        sortable;
    3557             : 
    3558             :             /*
    3559             :              * The groupClause is logically below the grouping step.  So if
    3560             :              * there is an RTE entry for the grouping step, we need to remove
    3561             :              * its RT index from the sort expressions before we make PathKeys
    3562             :              * for them.
    3563             :              */
    3564        1014 :             root->group_pathkeys =
    3565        1014 :                 make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3566             :                                                        &groupClause,
    3567             :                                                        tlist,
    3568             :                                                        false,
    3569        1014 :                                                        parse->hasGroupRTE,
    3570             :                                                        &sortable,
    3571             :                                                        false);
    3572             :             Assert(sortable);
    3573        1014 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3574             :         }
    3575             :         else
    3576             :         {
    3577           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3578           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3579             :         }
    3580             :     }
    3581      540298 :     else if (parse->groupClause || root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3582        6330 :     {
    3583             :         /*
    3584             :          * With a plain GROUP BY list, we can remove any grouping items that
    3585             :          * are proven redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  For example,
    3586             :          * we can remove y given "WHERE x = y GROUP BY x, y".  These aren't
    3587             :          * especially common cases, but they're nearly free to detect.  Note
    3588             :          * that we remove redundant items from processed_groupClause but not
    3589             :          * the original parse->groupClause.
    3590             :          */
    3591             :         bool        sortable;
    3592             : 
    3593             :         /*
    3594             :          * Convert group clauses into pathkeys.  Set the ec_sortref field of
    3595             :          * EquivalenceClass'es if it's not set yet.
    3596             :          */
    3597        6330 :         root->group_pathkeys =
    3598        6330 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3599             :                                                    &root->processed_groupClause,
    3600             :                                                    tlist,
    3601             :                                                    true,
    3602             :                                                    false,
    3603             :                                                    &sortable,
    3604             :                                                    true);
    3605        6330 :         if (!sortable)
    3606             :         {
    3607             :             /* Can't sort; no point in considering aggregate ordering either */
    3608           0 :             root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3609           0 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3610             :         }
    3611             :         else
    3612             :         {
    3613        6330 :             root->num_groupby_pathkeys = list_length(root->group_pathkeys);
    3614             :             /* If we have ordered aggs, consider adding onto group_pathkeys */
    3615        6330 :             if (root->numOrderedAggs > 0)
    3616        2446 :                 adjust_group_pathkeys_for_groupagg(root);
    3617             :         }
    3618             :     }
    3619             :     else
    3620             :     {
    3621      533968 :         root->group_pathkeys = NIL;
    3622      533968 :         root->num_groupby_pathkeys = 0;
    3623             :     }
    3624             : 
    3625             :     /* We consider only the first (bottom) window in pathkeys logic */
    3626      541312 :     if (activeWindows != NIL)
    3627             :     {
    3628        2676 :         WindowClause *wc = linitial_node(WindowClause, activeWindows);
    3629             : 
    3630        2676 :         root->window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    3631             :                                                          wc,
    3632             :                                                          tlist);
    3633             :     }
    3634             :     else
    3635      538636 :         root->window_pathkeys = NIL;
    3636             : 
    3637             :     /*
    3638             :      * As with GROUP BY, we can discard any DISTINCT items that are proven
    3639             :      * redundant by EquivalenceClass processing.  The non-redundant list is
    3640             :      * kept in root->processed_distinctClause, leaving the original
    3641             :      * parse->distinctClause alone.
    3642             :      */
    3643      541312 :     if (parse->distinctClause)
    3644             :     {
    3645             :         bool        sortable;
    3646             : 
    3647             :         /* Make a copy since pathkey processing can modify the list */
    3648        3020 :         root->processed_distinctClause = list_copy(parse->distinctClause);
    3649        3020 :         root->distinct_pathkeys =
    3650        3020 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3651             :                                                    &root->processed_distinctClause,
    3652             :                                                    tlist,
    3653             :                                                    true,
    3654             :                                                    false,
    3655             :                                                    &sortable,
    3656             :                                                    false);
    3657        3020 :         if (!sortable)
    3658           6 :             root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3659             :     }
    3660             :     else
    3661      538292 :         root->distinct_pathkeys = NIL;
    3662             : 
    3663      541312 :     root->sort_pathkeys =
    3664      541312 :         make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    3665             :                                       parse->sortClause,
    3666             :                                       tlist);
    3667             : 
    3668             :     /* setting setop_pathkeys might be useful to the union planner */
    3669      541312 :     if (qp_extra->setop != NULL)
    3670             :     {
    3671             :         List       *groupClauses;
    3672             :         bool        sortable;
    3673             : 
    3674       12786 :         groupClauses = generate_setop_child_grouplist(qp_extra->setop, tlist);
    3675             : 
    3676       12786 :         root->setop_pathkeys =
    3677       12786 :             make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    3678             :                                                    &groupClauses,
    3679             :                                                    tlist,
    3680             :                                                    false,
    3681             :                                                    false,
    3682             :                                                    &sortable,
    3683             :                                                    false);
    3684       12786 :         if (!sortable)
    3685         208 :             root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3686             :     }
    3687             :     else
    3688      528526 :         root->setop_pathkeys = NIL;
    3689             : 
    3690             :     /*
    3691             :      * Figure out whether we want a sorted result from query_planner.
    3692             :      *
    3693             :      * If we have a sortable GROUP BY clause, then we want a result sorted
    3694             :      * properly for grouping.  Otherwise, if we have window functions to
    3695             :      * evaluate, we try to sort for the first window.  Otherwise, if there's a
    3696             :      * sortable DISTINCT clause that's more rigorous than the ORDER BY clause,
    3697             :      * we try to produce output that's sufficiently well sorted for the
    3698             :      * DISTINCT.  Otherwise, if there is an ORDER BY clause, we want to sort
    3699             :      * by the ORDER BY clause.  Otherwise, if we're a subquery being planned
    3700             :      * for a set operation which can benefit from presorted results and have a
    3701             :      * sortable targetlist, we want to sort by the target list.
    3702             :      *
    3703             :      * Note: if we have both ORDER BY and GROUP BY, and ORDER BY is a superset
    3704             :      * of GROUP BY, it would be tempting to request sort by ORDER BY --- but
    3705             :      * that might just leave us failing to exploit an available sort order at
    3706             :      * all.  Needs more thought.  The choice for DISTINCT versus ORDER BY is
    3707             :      * much easier, since we know that the parser ensured that one is a
    3708             :      * superset of the other.
    3709             :      */
    3710      541312 :     if (root->group_pathkeys)
    3711        6906 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    3712      534406 :     else if (root->window_pathkeys)
    3713        2110 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->window_pathkeys;
    3714     1064592 :     else if (list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) >
    3715      532296 :              list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    3716        2524 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    3717      529772 :     else if (root->sort_pathkeys)
    3718       69382 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    3719      460390 :     else if (root->setop_pathkeys != NIL)
    3720       11378 :         root->query_pathkeys = root->setop_pathkeys;
    3721             :     else
    3722      449012 :         root->query_pathkeys = NIL;
    3723      541312 : }
    3724             : 
    3725             : /*
    3726             :  * Estimate number of groups produced by grouping clauses (1 if not grouping)
    3727             :  *
    3728             :  * path_rows: number of output rows from scan/join step
    3729             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3730             :  * target_list: target list containing group clause references
    3731             :  *
    3732             :  * If doing grouping sets, we also annotate the gsets data with the estimates
    3733             :  * for each set and each individual rollup list, with a view to later
    3734             :  * determining whether some combination of them could be hashed instead.
    3735             :  */
    3736             : static double
    3737       54380 : get_number_of_groups(PlannerInfo *root,
    3738             :                      double path_rows,
    3739             :                      grouping_sets_data *gd,
    3740             :                      List *target_list)
    3741             : {
    3742       54380 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3743             :     double      dNumGroups;
    3744             : 
    3745       54380 :     if (parse->groupClause)
    3746             :     {
    3747             :         List       *groupExprs;
    3748             : 
    3749       10402 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    3750             :         {
    3751             :             /* Add up the estimates for each grouping set */
    3752             :             ListCell   *lc;
    3753             : 
    3754             :             Assert(gd);         /* keep Coverity happy */
    3755             : 
    3756         936 :             dNumGroups = 0;
    3757             : 
    3758        2498 :             foreach(lc, gd->rollups)
    3759             :             {
    3760        1562 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    3761             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3762             :                 ListCell   *lc3;
    3763             : 
    3764        1562 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(rollup->groupClause,
    3765             :                                                      target_list);
    3766             : 
    3767        1562 :                 rollup->numGroups = 0.0;
    3768             : 
    3769        4442 :                 forboth(lc2, rollup->gsets, lc3, rollup->gsets_data)
    3770             :                 {
    3771        2880 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc2);
    3772        2880 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc3);
    3773        2880 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3774             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3775             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3776             :                                                                 &gset,
    3777             :                                                                 NULL);
    3778             : 
    3779        2880 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3780        2880 :                     rollup->numGroups += numGroups;
    3781             :                 }
    3782             : 
    3783        1562 :                 dNumGroups += rollup->numGroups;
    3784             :             }
    3785             : 
    3786         936 :             if (gd->hash_sets_idx)
    3787             :             {
    3788             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    3789             : 
    3790          36 :                 gd->dNumHashGroups = 0;
    3791             : 
    3792          36 :                 groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(parse->groupClause,
    3793             :                                                      target_list);
    3794             : 
    3795          78 :                 forboth(lc, gd->hash_sets_idx, lc2, gd->unsortable_sets)
    3796             :                 {
    3797          42 :                     List       *gset = (List *) lfirst(lc);
    3798          42 :                     GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc2);
    3799          42 :                     double      numGroups = estimate_num_groups(root,
    3800             :                                                                 groupExprs,
    3801             :                                                                 path_rows,
    3802             :                                                                 &gset,
    3803             :                                                                 NULL);
    3804             : 
    3805          42 :                     gs->numGroups = numGroups;
    3806          42 :                     gd->dNumHashGroups += numGroups;
    3807             :                 }
    3808             : 
    3809          36 :                 dNumGroups += gd->dNumHashGroups;
    3810             :             }
    3811             :         }
    3812             :         else
    3813             :         {
    3814             :             /* Plain GROUP BY -- estimate based on optimized groupClause */
    3815        9466 :             groupExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_groupClause,
    3816             :                                                  target_list);
    3817             : 
    3818        9466 :             dNumGroups = estimate_num_groups(root, groupExprs, path_rows,
    3819             :                                              NULL, NULL);
    3820             :         }
    3821             :     }
    3822       43978 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    3823             :     {
    3824             :         /* Empty grouping sets ... one result row for each one */
    3825          60 :         dNumGroups = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    3826             :     }
    3827       43918 :     else if (parse->hasAggs || root->hasHavingQual)
    3828             :     {
    3829             :         /* Plain aggregation, one result row */
    3830       43918 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3831             :     }
    3832             :     else
    3833             :     {
    3834             :         /* Not grouping */
    3835           0 :         dNumGroups = 1;
    3836             :     }
    3837             : 
    3838       54380 :     return dNumGroups;
    3839             : }
    3840             : 
    3841             : /*
    3842             :  * create_grouping_paths
    3843             :  *
    3844             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for grouping and/or aggregation.
    3845             :  * Along the way, we also build an upperrel for Paths which are partially
    3846             :  * grouped and/or aggregated.  A partially grouped and/or aggregated path
    3847             :  * needs a FinalizeAggregate node to complete the aggregation.  Currently,
    3848             :  * the only partially grouped paths we build are also partial paths; that
    3849             :  * is, they need a Gather and then a FinalizeAggregate.
    3850             :  *
    3851             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    3852             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    3853             :  * gd: grouping sets data including list of grouping sets and their clauses
    3854             :  *
    3855             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return the target computed
    3856             :  * by make_group_input_target.
    3857             :  */
    3858             : static RelOptInfo *
    3859       45980 : create_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    3860             :                       RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3861             :                       PathTarget *target,
    3862             :                       bool target_parallel_safe,
    3863             :                       grouping_sets_data *gd)
    3864             : {
    3865       45980 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    3866             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3867             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    3868             :     AggClauseCosts agg_costs;
    3869             : 
    3870      275880 :     MemSet(&agg_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    3871       45980 :     get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE, &agg_costs);
    3872             : 
    3873             :     /*
    3874             :      * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    3875             :      * aggregation paths.
    3876             :      */
    3877       45980 :     grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, target,
    3878             :                                     target_parallel_safe, parse->havingQual);
    3879             : 
    3880             :     /*
    3881             :      * Create either paths for a degenerate grouping or paths for ordinary
    3882             :      * grouping, as appropriate.
    3883             :      */
    3884       45980 :     if (is_degenerate_grouping(root))
    3885          42 :         create_degenerate_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel);
    3886             :     else
    3887             :     {
    3888       45938 :         int         flags = 0;
    3889             :         GroupPathExtraData extra;
    3890             : 
    3891             :         /*
    3892             :          * Determine whether it's possible to perform sort-based
    3893             :          * implementations of grouping.  (Note that if processed_groupClause
    3894             :          * is empty, grouping_is_sortable() is trivially true, and all the
    3895             :          * pathkeys_contained_in() tests will succeed too, so that we'll
    3896             :          * consider every surviving input path.)
    3897             :          *
    3898             :          * If we have grouping sets, we might be able to sort some but not all
    3899             :          * of them; in this case, we need can_sort to be true as long as we
    3900             :          * must consider any sorted-input plan.
    3901             :          */
    3902       45938 :         if ((gd && gd->rollups != NIL)
    3903       44948 :             || grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_groupClause))
    3904       45932 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT;
    3905             : 
    3906             :         /*
    3907             :          * Determine whether we should consider hash-based implementations of
    3908             :          * grouping.
    3909             :          *
    3910             :          * Hashed aggregation only applies if we're grouping. If we have
    3911             :          * grouping sets, some groups might be hashable but others not; in
    3912             :          * this case we set can_hash true as long as there is nothing globally
    3913             :          * preventing us from hashing (and we should therefore consider plans
    3914             :          * with hashes).
    3915             :          *
    3916             :          * Executor doesn't support hashed aggregation with DISTINCT or ORDER
    3917             :          * BY aggregates.  (Doing so would imply storing *all* the input
    3918             :          * values in the hash table, and/or running many sorts in parallel,
    3919             :          * either of which seems like a certain loser.)  We similarly don't
    3920             :          * support ordered-set aggregates in hashed aggregation, but that case
    3921             :          * is also included in the numOrderedAggs count.
    3922             :          *
    3923             :          * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than
    3924             :          * the other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    3925             :          */
    3926       45938 :         if ((parse->groupClause != NIL &&
    3927        9848 :              root->numOrderedAggs == 0 &&
    3928        4784 :              (gd ? gd->any_hashable : grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_groupClause))))
    3929        4780 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH;
    3930             : 
    3931             :         /*
    3932             :          * Determine whether partial aggregation is possible.
    3933             :          */
    3934       45938 :         if (can_partial_agg(root))
    3935       41040 :             flags |= GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG;
    3936             : 
    3937       45938 :         extra.flags = flags;
    3938       45938 :         extra.target_parallel_safe = target_parallel_safe;
    3939       45938 :         extra.havingQual = parse->havingQual;
    3940       45938 :         extra.targetList = parse->targetList;
    3941       45938 :         extra.partial_costs_set = false;
    3942             : 
    3943             :         /*
    3944             :          * Determine whether partitionwise aggregation is in theory possible.
    3945             :          * It can be disabled by the user, and for now, we don't try to
    3946             :          * support grouping sets.  create_ordinary_grouping_paths() will check
    3947             :          * additional conditions, such as whether input_rel is partitioned.
    3948             :          */
    3949       45938 :         if (enable_partitionwise_aggregate && !parse->groupingSets)
    3950         700 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    3951             :         else
    3952       45238 :             extra.patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    3953             : 
    3954       45938 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    3955             :                                        &agg_costs, gd, &extra,
    3956             :                                        &partially_grouped_rel);
    3957             :     }
    3958             : 
    3959       45974 :     set_cheapest(grouped_rel);
    3960       45974 :     return grouped_rel;
    3961             : }
    3962             : 
    3963             : /*
    3964             :  * make_grouping_rel
    3965             :  *
    3966             :  * Create a new grouping rel and set basic properties.
    3967             :  *
    3968             :  * input_rel represents the underlying scan/join relation.
    3969             :  * target is the output expected from the grouping relation.
    3970             :  */
    3971             : static RelOptInfo *
    3972       48146 : make_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    3973             :                   PathTarget *target, bool target_parallel_safe,
    3974             :                   Node *havingQual)
    3975             : {
    3976             :     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel;
    3977             : 
    3978       48146 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(input_rel))
    3979             :     {
    3980        2166 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    3981             :                                       input_rel->relids);
    3982        2166 :         grouped_rel->reloptkind = RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL;
    3983             :     }
    3984             :     else
    3985             :     {
    3986             :         /*
    3987             :          * By tradition, the relids set for the main grouping relation is
    3988             :          * NULL.  (This could be changed, but might require adjustments
    3989             :          * elsewhere.)
    3990             :          */
    3991       45980 :         grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG, NULL);
    3992             :     }
    3993             : 
    3994             :     /* Set target. */
    3995       48146 :     grouped_rel->reltarget = target;
    3996             : 
    3997             :     /*
    3998             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the grouped relation
    3999             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    4000             :      * target list and HAVING quals are parallel-safe.
    4001             :      */
    4002       77638 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe &&
    4003       29492 :         is_parallel_safe(root, havingQual))
    4004       29468 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    4005             : 
    4006             :     /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed */
    4007       48146 :     grouped_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
    4008             : 
    4009             :     /*
    4010             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the grouped rel.
    4011             :      */
    4012       48146 :     grouped_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4013       48146 :     grouped_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4014       48146 :     grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4015       48146 :     grouped_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4016             : 
    4017       48146 :     return grouped_rel;
    4018             : }
    4019             : 
    4020             : /*
    4021             :  * is_degenerate_grouping
    4022             :  *
    4023             :  * A degenerate grouping is one in which the query has a HAVING qual and/or
    4024             :  * grouping sets, but no aggregates and no GROUP BY (which implies that the
    4025             :  * grouping sets are all empty).
    4026             :  */
    4027             : static bool
    4028       45980 : is_degenerate_grouping(PlannerInfo *root)
    4029             : {
    4030       45980 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4031             : 
    4032       44730 :     return (root->hasHavingQual || parse->groupingSets) &&
    4033       90710 :         !parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL;
    4034             : }
    4035             : 
    4036             : /*
    4037             :  * create_degenerate_grouping_paths
    4038             :  *
    4039             :  * When the grouping is degenerate (see is_degenerate_grouping), we are
    4040             :  * supposed to emit either zero or one row for each grouping set depending on
    4041             :  * whether HAVING succeeds.  Furthermore, there cannot be any variables in
    4042             :  * either HAVING or the targetlist, so we actually do not need the FROM table
    4043             :  * at all! We can just throw away the plan-so-far and generate a Result node.
    4044             :  * This is a sufficiently unusual corner case that it's not worth contorting
    4045             :  * the structure of this module to avoid having to generate the earlier paths
    4046             :  * in the first place.
    4047             :  */
    4048             : static void
    4049          42 : create_degenerate_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4050             :                                  RelOptInfo *grouped_rel)
    4051             : {
    4052          42 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4053             :     int         nrows;
    4054             :     Path       *path;
    4055             : 
    4056          42 :     nrows = list_length(parse->groupingSets);
    4057          42 :     if (nrows > 1)
    4058             :     {
    4059             :         /*
    4060             :          * Doesn't seem worthwhile writing code to cons up a generate_series
    4061             :          * or a values scan to emit multiple rows. Instead just make N clones
    4062             :          * and append them.  (With a volatile HAVING clause, this means you
    4063             :          * might get between 0 and N output rows. Offhand I think that's
    4064             :          * desired.)
    4065             :          */
    4066          12 :         AppendPathInput append = {0};
    4067             : 
    4068          36 :         while (--nrows >= 0)
    4069             :         {
    4070             :             path = (Path *)
    4071          24 :                 create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    4072          24 :                                          grouped_rel->reltarget,
    4073          24 :                                          (List *) parse->havingQual);
    4074          24 :             append.subpaths = lappend(append.subpaths, path);
    4075             :         }
    4076             :         path = (Path *)
    4077          12 :             create_append_path(root,
    4078             :                                grouped_rel,
    4079             :                                append,
    4080             :                                NIL,
    4081             :                                NULL,
    4082             :                                0,
    4083             :                                false,
    4084             :                                -1);
    4085             :     }
    4086             :     else
    4087             :     {
    4088             :         /* No grouping sets, or just one, so one output row */
    4089             :         path = (Path *)
    4090          30 :             create_group_result_path(root, grouped_rel,
    4091          30 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    4092          30 :                                      (List *) parse->havingQual);
    4093             :     }
    4094             : 
    4095          42 :     add_path(grouped_rel, path);
    4096          42 : }
    4097             : 
    4098             : /*
    4099             :  * create_ordinary_grouping_paths
    4100             :  *
    4101             :  * Create grouping paths for the ordinary (that is, non-degenerate) case.
    4102             :  *
    4103             :  * We need to consider sorted and hashed aggregation in the same function,
    4104             :  * because otherwise (1) it would be harder to throw an appropriate error
    4105             :  * message if neither way works, and (2) we should not allow hashtable size
    4106             :  * considerations to dissuade us from using hashing if sorting is not possible.
    4107             :  *
    4108             :  * *partially_grouped_rel_p will be set to the partially grouped rel which this
    4109             :  * function creates, or to NULL if it doesn't create one.
    4110             :  */
    4111             : static void
    4112       48104 : create_ordinary_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4113             :                                RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    4114             :                                const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    4115             :                                grouping_sets_data *gd,
    4116             :                                GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    4117             :                                RelOptInfo **partially_grouped_rel_p)
    4118             : {
    4119       48104 :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel = NULL;
    4120       48104 :     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    4121             : 
    4122             :     /*
    4123             :      * If this is the topmost grouping relation or if the parent relation is
    4124             :      * doing some form of partitionwise aggregation, then we may be able to do
    4125             :      * it at this level also.  However, if the input relation is not
    4126             :      * partitioned, partitionwise aggregate is impossible.
    4127             :      */
    4128       48104 :     if (extra->patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE &&
    4129        2866 :         IS_PARTITIONED_REL(input_rel))
    4130             :     {
    4131             :         /*
    4132             :          * If this is the topmost relation or if the parent relation is doing
    4133             :          * full partitionwise aggregation, then we can do full partitionwise
    4134             :          * aggregation provided that the GROUP BY clause contains all of the
    4135             :          * partitioning columns at this level and the collation used by GROUP
    4136             :          * BY matches the partitioning collation.  Otherwise, we can do at
    4137             :          * most partial partitionwise aggregation.  But if partial aggregation
    4138             :          * is not supported in general then we can't use it for partitionwise
    4139             :          * aggregation either.
    4140             :          *
    4141             :          * Check parse->groupClause not processed_groupClause, because it's
    4142             :          * okay if some of the partitioning columns were proved redundant.
    4143             :          */
    4144        1640 :         if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL &&
    4145         772 :             group_by_has_partkey(input_rel, extra->targetList,
    4146         772 :                                  root->parse->groupClause))
    4147         488 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL;
    4148         380 :         else if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    4149         338 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL;
    4150             :         else
    4151          42 :             patype = PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE;
    4152             :     }
    4153             : 
    4154             :     /*
    4155             :      * Before generating paths for grouped_rel, we first generate any possible
    4156             :      * partially grouped paths; that way, later code can easily consider both
    4157             :      * parallel and non-parallel approaches to grouping.
    4158             :      */
    4159       48104 :     if ((extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG) != 0)
    4160             :     {
    4161             :         bool        force_rel_creation;
    4162             : 
    4163             :         /*
    4164             :          * If we're doing partitionwise aggregation at this level, force
    4165             :          * creation of a partially_grouped_rel so we can add partitionwise
    4166             :          * paths to it.
    4167             :          */
    4168       43134 :         force_rel_creation = (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL);
    4169             : 
    4170             :         partially_grouped_rel =
    4171       43134 :             create_partial_grouping_paths(root,
    4172             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4173             :                                           input_rel,
    4174             :                                           gd,
    4175             :                                           extra,
    4176             :                                           force_rel_creation);
    4177             :     }
    4178             : 
    4179             :     /* Set out parameter. */
    4180       48104 :     *partially_grouped_rel_p = partially_grouped_rel;
    4181             : 
    4182             :     /* Apply partitionwise aggregation technique, if possible. */
    4183       48104 :     if (patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE)
    4184         826 :         create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4185             :                                             partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs,
    4186             :                                             gd, patype, extra);
    4187             : 
    4188             :     /* If we are doing partial aggregation only, return. */
    4189       48104 :     if (extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    4190             :     {
    4191             :         Assert(partially_grouped_rel);
    4192             : 
    4193         858 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    4194         858 :             set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    4195             : 
    4196         858 :         return;
    4197             :     }
    4198             : 
    4199             :     /* Gather any partially grouped partial paths. */
    4200       47246 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4201        2772 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, partially_grouped_rel);
    4202             : 
    4203             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) for partially_grouped_rel. */
    4204       47246 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    4205        3000 :         set_cheapest(partially_grouped_rel);
    4206             : 
    4207             :     /* Build final grouping paths */
    4208       47246 :     add_paths_to_grouping_rel(root, input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4209             :                               partially_grouped_rel, agg_costs, gd,
    4210             :                               extra);
    4211             : 
    4212             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to find any implementation */
    4213       47246 :     if (grouped_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4214           6 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4215             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4216             :                  errmsg("could not implement GROUP BY"),
    4217             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4218             : 
    4219             :     /*
    4220             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4221             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4222             :      */
    4223       47240 :     if (grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4224         338 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4225         336 :         grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4226             :                                                       input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4227             :                                                       extra);
    4228             : 
    4229             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4230       47240 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4231           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG,
    4232             :                                     input_rel, grouped_rel,
    4233             :                                     extra);
    4234             : }
    4235             : 
    4236             : /*
    4237             :  * For a given input path, consider the possible ways of doing grouping sets on
    4238             :  * it, by combinations of hashing and sorting.  This can be called multiple
    4239             :  * times, so it's important that it not scribble on input.  No result is
    4240             :  * returned, but any generated paths are added to grouped_rel.
    4241             :  */
    4242             : static void
    4243        1962 : consider_groupingsets_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4244             :                             RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    4245             :                             Path *path,
    4246             :                             bool is_sorted,
    4247             :                             bool can_hash,
    4248             :                             grouping_sets_data *gd,
    4249             :                             const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    4250             :                             double dNumGroups)
    4251             : {
    4252        1962 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    4253        1962 :     Size        hash_mem_limit = get_hash_memory_limit();
    4254             : 
    4255             :     /*
    4256             :      * If we're not being offered sorted input, then only consider plans that
    4257             :      * can be done entirely by hashing.
    4258             :      *
    4259             :      * We can hash everything if it looks like it'll fit in hash_mem. But if
    4260             :      * the input is actually sorted despite not being advertised as such, we
    4261             :      * prefer to make use of that in order to use less memory.
    4262             :      *
    4263             :      * If none of the grouping sets are sortable, then ignore the hash_mem
    4264             :      * limit and generate a path anyway, since otherwise we'll just fail.
    4265             :      */
    4266        1962 :     if (!is_sorted)
    4267             :     {
    4268         900 :         List       *new_rollups = NIL;
    4269         900 :         RollupData *unhashed_rollup = NULL;
    4270             :         List       *sets_data;
    4271         900 :         List       *empty_sets_data = NIL;
    4272         900 :         List       *empty_sets = NIL;
    4273             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4274         900 :         ListCell   *l_start = list_head(gd->rollups);
    4275         900 :         AggStrategy strat = AGG_HASHED;
    4276             :         double      hashsize;
    4277         900 :         double      exclude_groups = 0.0;
    4278             : 
    4279             :         Assert(can_hash);
    4280             : 
    4281             :         /*
    4282             :          * If the input is coincidentally sorted usefully (which can happen
    4283             :          * even if is_sorted is false, since that only means that our caller
    4284             :          * has set up the sorting for us), then save some hashtable space by
    4285             :          * making use of that. But we need to watch out for degenerate cases:
    4286             :          *
    4287             :          * 1) If there are any empty grouping sets, then group_pathkeys might
    4288             :          * be NIL if all non-empty grouping sets are unsortable. In this case,
    4289             :          * there will be a rollup containing only empty groups, and the
    4290             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test is vacuously true; this is ok.
    4291             :          *
    4292             :          * XXX: the above relies on the fact that group_pathkeys is generated
    4293             :          * from the first rollup. If we add the ability to consider multiple
    4294             :          * sort orders for grouping input, this assumption might fail.
    4295             :          *
    4296             :          * 2) If there are no empty sets and only unsortable sets, then the
    4297             :          * rollups list will be empty (and thus l_start == NULL), and
    4298             :          * group_pathkeys will be NIL; we must ensure that the vacuously-true
    4299             :          * pathkeys_contained_in test doesn't cause us to crash.
    4300             :          */
    4301        1794 :         if (l_start != NULL &&
    4302         894 :             pathkeys_contained_in(root->group_pathkeys, path->pathkeys))
    4303             :         {
    4304          36 :             unhashed_rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, l_start);
    4305          36 :             exclude_groups = unhashed_rollup->numGroups;
    4306          36 :             l_start = lnext(gd->rollups, l_start);
    4307             :         }
    4308             : 
    4309         900 :         hashsize = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4310             :                                               path,
    4311             :                                               agg_costs,
    4312             :                                               dNumGroups - exclude_groups);
    4313             : 
    4314             :         /*
    4315             :          * gd->rollups is empty if we have only unsortable columns to work
    4316             :          * with.  Override hash_mem in that case; otherwise, we'll rely on the
    4317             :          * sorted-input case to generate usable mixed paths.
    4318             :          */
    4319         900 :         if (hashsize > hash_mem_limit && gd->rollups)
    4320          18 :             return;             /* nope, won't fit */
    4321             : 
    4322             :         /*
    4323             :          * We need to burst the existing rollups list into individual grouping
    4324             :          * sets and recompute a groupClause for each set.
    4325             :          */
    4326         882 :         sets_data = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4327             : 
    4328        2228 :         for_each_cell(lc, gd->rollups, l_start)
    4329             :         {
    4330        1370 :             RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4331             : 
    4332             :             /*
    4333             :              * If we find an unhashable rollup that's not been skipped by the
    4334             :              * "actually sorted" check above, we can't cope; we'd need sorted
    4335             :              * input (with a different sort order) but we can't get that here.
    4336             :              * So bail out; we'll get a valid path from the is_sorted case
    4337             :              * instead.
    4338             :              *
    4339             :              * The mere presence of empty grouping sets doesn't make a rollup
    4340             :              * unhashable (see preprocess_grouping_sets), we handle those
    4341             :              * specially below.
    4342             :              */
    4343        1370 :             if (!rollup->hashable)
    4344          24 :                 return;
    4345             : 
    4346        1346 :             sets_data = list_concat(sets_data, rollup->gsets_data);
    4347             :         }
    4348        3480 :         foreach(lc, sets_data)
    4349             :         {
    4350        2622 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4351        2622 :             List       *gset = gs->set;
    4352             :             RollupData *rollup;
    4353             : 
    4354        2622 :             if (gset == NIL)
    4355             :             {
    4356             :                 /* Empty grouping sets can't be hashed. */
    4357         530 :                 empty_sets_data = lappend(empty_sets_data, gs);
    4358         530 :                 empty_sets = lappend(empty_sets, NIL);
    4359             :             }
    4360             :             else
    4361             :             {
    4362        2092 :                 rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4363             : 
    4364        2092 :                 rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gset);
    4365        2092 :                 rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4366        2092 :                 rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4367             :                                                          rollup->gsets_data,
    4368             :                                                          gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4369        2092 :                 rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4370        2092 :                 rollup->hashable = true;
    4371        2092 :                 rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4372        2092 :                 new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4373             :             }
    4374             :         }
    4375             : 
    4376             :         /*
    4377             :          * If we didn't find anything nonempty to hash, then bail.  We'll
    4378             :          * generate a path from the is_sorted case.
    4379             :          */
    4380         858 :         if (new_rollups == NIL)
    4381           0 :             return;
    4382             : 
    4383             :         /*
    4384             :          * If there were empty grouping sets they should have been in the
    4385             :          * first rollup.
    4386             :          */
    4387             :         Assert(!unhashed_rollup || !empty_sets);
    4388             : 
    4389         858 :         if (unhashed_rollup)
    4390             :         {
    4391          36 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, unhashed_rollup);
    4392          36 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4393             :         }
    4394         822 :         else if (empty_sets)
    4395             :         {
    4396         482 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4397             : 
    4398         482 :             rollup->groupClause = NIL;
    4399         482 :             rollup->gsets_data = empty_sets_data;
    4400         482 :             rollup->gsets = empty_sets;
    4401         482 :             rollup->numGroups = list_length(empty_sets);
    4402         482 :             rollup->hashable = false;
    4403         482 :             rollup->is_hashed = false;
    4404         482 :             new_rollups = lappend(new_rollups, rollup);
    4405         482 :             strat = AGG_MIXED;
    4406             :         }
    4407             : 
    4408         858 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4409         858 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4410             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4411             :                                           path,
    4412         858 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4413             :                                           strat,
    4414             :                                           new_rollups,
    4415             :                                           agg_costs));
    4416         858 :         return;
    4417             :     }
    4418             : 
    4419             :     /*
    4420             :      * If we have sorted input but nothing we can do with it, bail.
    4421             :      */
    4422        1062 :     if (gd->rollups == NIL)
    4423           0 :         return;
    4424             : 
    4425             :     /*
    4426             :      * Given sorted input, we try and make two paths: one sorted and one mixed
    4427             :      * sort/hash. (We need to try both because hashagg might be disabled, or
    4428             :      * some columns might not be sortable.)
    4429             :      *
    4430             :      * can_hash is passed in as false if some obstacle elsewhere (such as
    4431             :      * ordered aggs) means that we shouldn't consider hashing at all.
    4432             :      */
    4433        1062 :     if (can_hash && gd->any_hashable)
    4434             :     {
    4435         966 :         List       *rollups = NIL;
    4436         966 :         List       *hash_sets = list_copy(gd->unsortable_sets);
    4437         966 :         double      availspace = hash_mem_limit;
    4438             :         ListCell   *lc;
    4439             : 
    4440             :         /*
    4441             :          * Account first for space needed for groups we can't sort at all.
    4442             :          */
    4443         966 :         availspace -= estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4444             :                                                  path,
    4445             :                                                  agg_costs,
    4446             :                                                  gd->dNumHashGroups);
    4447             : 
    4448         966 :         if (availspace > 0 && list_length(gd->rollups) > 1)
    4449             :         {
    4450             :             double      scale;
    4451         492 :             int         num_rollups = list_length(gd->rollups);
    4452             :             int         k_capacity;
    4453         492 :             int        *k_weights = palloc(num_rollups * sizeof(int));
    4454         492 :             Bitmapset  *hash_items = NULL;
    4455             :             int         i;
    4456             : 
    4457             :             /*
    4458             :              * We treat this as a knapsack problem: the knapsack capacity
    4459             :              * represents hash_mem, the item weights are the estimated memory
    4460             :              * usage of the hashtables needed to implement a single rollup,
    4461             :              * and we really ought to use the cost saving as the item value;
    4462             :              * however, currently the costs assigned to sort nodes don't
    4463             :              * reflect the comparison costs well, and so we treat all items as
    4464             :              * of equal value (each rollup we hash instead saves us one sort).
    4465             :              *
    4466             :              * To use the discrete knapsack, we need to scale the values to a
    4467             :              * reasonably small bounded range.  We choose to allow a 5% error
    4468             :              * margin; we have no more than 4096 rollups in the worst possible
    4469             :              * case, which with a 5% error margin will require a bit over 42MB
    4470             :              * of workspace. (Anyone wanting to plan queries that complex had
    4471             :              * better have the memory for it.  In more reasonable cases, with
    4472             :              * no more than a couple of dozen rollups, the memory usage will
    4473             :              * be negligible.)
    4474             :              *
    4475             :              * k_capacity is naturally bounded, but we clamp the values for
    4476             :              * scale and weight (below) to avoid overflows or underflows (or
    4477             :              * uselessly trying to use a scale factor less than 1 byte).
    4478             :              */
    4479         492 :             scale = Max(availspace / (20.0 * num_rollups), 1.0);
    4480         492 :             k_capacity = (int) floor(availspace / scale);
    4481             : 
    4482             :             /*
    4483             :              * We leave the first rollup out of consideration since it's the
    4484             :              * one that matches the input sort order.  We assign indexes "i"
    4485             :              * to only those entries considered for hashing; the second loop,
    4486             :              * below, must use the same condition.
    4487             :              */
    4488         492 :             i = 0;
    4489        1248 :             for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4490             :             {
    4491         756 :                 RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4492             : 
    4493         756 :                 if (rollup->hashable)
    4494             :                 {
    4495         756 :                     double      sz = estimate_hashagg_tablesize(root,
    4496             :                                                                 path,
    4497             :                                                                 agg_costs,
    4498             :                                                                 rollup->numGroups);
    4499             : 
    4500             :                     /*
    4501             :                      * If sz is enormous, but hash_mem (and hence scale) is
    4502             :                      * small, avoid integer overflow here.
    4503             :                      */
    4504         756 :                     k_weights[i] = (int) Min(floor(sz / scale),
    4505             :                                              k_capacity + 1.0);
    4506         756 :                     ++i;
    4507             :                 }
    4508             :             }
    4509             : 
    4510             :             /*
    4511             :              * Apply knapsack algorithm; compute the set of items which
    4512             :              * maximizes the value stored (in this case the number of sorts
    4513             :              * saved) while keeping the total size (approximately) within
    4514             :              * capacity.
    4515             :              */
    4516         492 :             if (i > 0)
    4517         492 :                 hash_items = DiscreteKnapsack(k_capacity, i, k_weights, NULL);
    4518             : 
    4519         492 :             if (!bms_is_empty(hash_items))
    4520             :             {
    4521         492 :                 rollups = list_make1(linitial(gd->rollups));
    4522             : 
    4523         492 :                 i = 0;
    4524        1248 :                 for_each_from(lc, gd->rollups, 1)
    4525             :                 {
    4526         756 :                     RollupData *rollup = lfirst_node(RollupData, lc);
    4527             : 
    4528         756 :                     if (rollup->hashable)
    4529             :                     {
    4530         756 :                         if (bms_is_member(i, hash_items))
    4531         720 :                             hash_sets = list_concat(hash_sets,
    4532         720 :                                                     rollup->gsets_data);
    4533             :                         else
    4534          36 :                             rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4535         756 :                         ++i;
    4536             :                     }
    4537             :                     else
    4538           0 :                         rollups = lappend(rollups, rollup);
    4539             :                 }
    4540             :             }
    4541             :         }
    4542             : 
    4543         966 :         if (!rollups && hash_sets)
    4544          24 :             rollups = list_copy(gd->rollups);
    4545             : 
    4546        1826 :         foreach(lc, hash_sets)
    4547             :         {
    4548         860 :             GroupingSetData *gs = lfirst_node(GroupingSetData, lc);
    4549         860 :             RollupData *rollup = makeNode(RollupData);
    4550             : 
    4551             :             Assert(gs->set != NIL);
    4552             : 
    4553         860 :             rollup->groupClause = preprocess_groupclause(root, gs->set);
    4554         860 :             rollup->gsets_data = list_make1(gs);
    4555         860 :             rollup->gsets = remap_to_groupclause_idx(rollup->groupClause,
    4556             :                                                      rollup->gsets_data,
    4557             :                                                      gd->tleref_to_colnum_map);
    4558         860 :             rollup->numGroups = gs->numGroups;
    4559         860 :             rollup->hashable = true;
    4560         860 :             rollup->is_hashed = true;
    4561         860 :             rollups = lcons(rollup, rollups);
    4562             :         }
    4563             : 
    4564         966 :         if (rollups)
    4565             :         {
    4566         516 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4567         516 :                      create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4568             :                                               grouped_rel,
    4569             :                                               path,
    4570         516 :                                               (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4571             :                                               AGG_MIXED,
    4572             :                                               rollups,
    4573             :                                               agg_costs));
    4574             :         }
    4575             :     }
    4576             : 
    4577             :     /*
    4578             :      * Now try the simple sorted case.
    4579             :      */
    4580        1062 :     if (!gd->unsortable_sets)
    4581        1032 :         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    4582        1032 :                  create_groupingsets_path(root,
    4583             :                                           grouped_rel,
    4584             :                                           path,
    4585        1032 :                                           (List *) parse->havingQual,
    4586             :                                           AGG_SORTED,
    4587             :                                           gd->rollups,
    4588             :                                           agg_costs));
    4589             : }
    4590             : 
    4591             : /*
    4592             :  * create_window_paths
    4593             :  *
    4594             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for window-function evaluation.
    4595             :  *
    4596             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4597             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4598             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4599             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4600             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4601             :  *
    4602             :  * Note: all Paths in input_rel are expected to return input_target.
    4603             :  */
    4604             : static RelOptInfo *
    4605        2676 : create_window_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    4606             :                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4607             :                     PathTarget *input_target,
    4608             :                     PathTarget *output_target,
    4609             :                     bool output_target_parallel_safe,
    4610             :                     WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4611             :                     List *activeWindows)
    4612             : {
    4613             :     RelOptInfo *window_rel;
    4614             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4615             : 
    4616             :     /* For now, do all work in the (WINDOW, NULL) upperrel */
    4617        2676 :     window_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW, NULL);
    4618             : 
    4619             :     /*
    4620             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the window relation
    4621             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, we need to examine the
    4622             :      * target list and active windows for non-parallel-safe constructs.
    4623             :      */
    4624        2676 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && output_target_parallel_safe &&
    4625           0 :         is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) activeWindows))
    4626           0 :         window_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    4627             : 
    4628             :     /*
    4629             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the window rel.
    4630             :      */
    4631        2676 :     window_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4632        2676 :     window_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4633        2676 :     window_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4634        2676 :     window_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4635             : 
    4636             :     /*
    4637             :      * Consider computing window functions starting from the existing
    4638             :      * cheapest-total path (which will likely require a sort) as well as any
    4639             :      * existing paths that satisfy or partially satisfy root->window_pathkeys.
    4640             :      */
    4641        5692 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    4642             :     {
    4643        3016 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4644             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4645             : 
    4646        3356 :         if (path == input_rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    4647         340 :             pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->window_pathkeys, path->pathkeys,
    4648         152 :                                         &presorted_keys) ||
    4649         152 :             presorted_keys > 0)
    4650        2890 :             create_one_window_path(root,
    4651             :                                    window_rel,
    4652             :                                    path,
    4653             :                                    input_target,
    4654             :                                    output_target,
    4655             :                                    wflists,
    4656             :                                    activeWindows);
    4657             :     }
    4658             : 
    4659             :     /*
    4660             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4661             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4662             :      */
    4663        2676 :     if (window_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4664          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4665          12 :         window_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4666             :                                                      input_rel, window_rel,
    4667             :                                                      NULL);
    4668             : 
    4669             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4670        2676 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4671           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_WINDOW,
    4672             :                                     input_rel, window_rel, NULL);
    4673             : 
    4674             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4675        2676 :     set_cheapest(window_rel);
    4676             : 
    4677        2676 :     return window_rel;
    4678             : }
    4679             : 
    4680             : /*
    4681             :  * Stack window-function implementation steps atop the given Path, and
    4682             :  * add the result to window_rel.
    4683             :  *
    4684             :  * window_rel: upperrel to contain result
    4685             :  * path: input Path to use (must return input_target)
    4686             :  * input_target: result of make_window_input_target
    4687             :  * output_target: what the topmost WindowAggPath should return
    4688             :  * wflists: result of find_window_functions
    4689             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    4690             :  */
    4691             : static void
    4692        2890 : create_one_window_path(PlannerInfo *root,
    4693             :                        RelOptInfo *window_rel,
    4694             :                        Path *path,
    4695             :                        PathTarget *input_target,
    4696             :                        PathTarget *output_target,
    4697             :                        WindowFuncLists *wflists,
    4698             :                        List *activeWindows)
    4699             : {
    4700             :     PathTarget *window_target;
    4701             :     ListCell   *l;
    4702        2890 :     List       *topqual = NIL;
    4703             : 
    4704             :     /*
    4705             :      * Since each window clause could require a different sort order, we stack
    4706             :      * up a WindowAgg node for each clause, with sort steps between them as
    4707             :      * needed.  (We assume that select_active_windows chose a good order for
    4708             :      * executing the clauses in.)
    4709             :      *
    4710             :      * input_target should contain all Vars and Aggs needed for the result.
    4711             :      * (In some cases we wouldn't need to propagate all of these all the way
    4712             :      * to the top, since they might only be needed as inputs to WindowFuncs.
    4713             :      * It's probably not worth trying to optimize that though.)  It must also
    4714             :      * contain all window partitioning and sorting expressions, to ensure
    4715             :      * they're computed only once at the bottom of the stack (that's critical
    4716             :      * for volatile functions).  As we climb up the stack, we'll add outputs
    4717             :      * for the WindowFuncs computed at each level.
    4718             :      */
    4719        2890 :     window_target = input_target;
    4720             : 
    4721        5966 :     foreach(l, activeWindows)
    4722             :     {
    4723        3076 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, l);
    4724             :         List       *window_pathkeys;
    4725        3076 :         List       *runcondition = NIL;
    4726             :         int         presorted_keys;
    4727             :         bool        is_sorted;
    4728             :         bool        topwindow;
    4729             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    4730             : 
    4731        3076 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_window(root,
    4732             :                                                    wc,
    4733             :                                                    root->processed_tlist);
    4734             : 
    4735        3076 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(window_pathkeys,
    4736             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    4737             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    4738             : 
    4739             :         /* Sort if necessary */
    4740        3076 :         if (!is_sorted)
    4741             :         {
    4742             :             /*
    4743             :              * No presorted keys or incremental sort disabled, just perform a
    4744             :              * complete sort.
    4745             :              */
    4746        2184 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    4747        2122 :                 path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, window_rel,
    4748             :                                                  path,
    4749             :                                                  window_pathkeys,
    4750             :                                                  -1.0);
    4751             :             else
    4752             :             {
    4753             :                 /*
    4754             :                  * Since we have presorted keys and incremental sort is
    4755             :                  * enabled, just use incremental sort.
    4756             :                  */
    4757          62 :                 path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    4758             :                                                              window_rel,
    4759             :                                                              path,
    4760             :                                                              window_pathkeys,
    4761             :                                                              presorted_keys,
    4762             :                                                              -1.0);
    4763             :             }
    4764             :         }
    4765             : 
    4766        3076 :         if (lnext(activeWindows, l))
    4767             :         {
    4768             :             /*
    4769             :              * Add the current WindowFuncs to the output target for this
    4770             :              * intermediate WindowAggPath.  We must copy window_target to
    4771             :              * avoid changing the previous path's target.
    4772             :              *
    4773             :              * Note: a WindowFunc adds nothing to the target's eval costs; but
    4774             :              * we do need to account for the increase in tlist width.
    4775             :              */
    4776         186 :             int64       tuple_width = window_target->width;
    4777             : 
    4778         186 :             window_target = copy_pathtarget(window_target);
    4779         444 :             foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4780             :             {
    4781         258 :                 WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4782             : 
    4783         258 :                 add_column_to_pathtarget(window_target, (Expr *) wfunc, 0);
    4784         258 :                 tuple_width += get_typavgwidth(wfunc->wintype, -1);
    4785             :             }
    4786         186 :             window_target->width = clamp_width_est(tuple_width);
    4787             :         }
    4788             :         else
    4789             :         {
    4790             :             /* Install the goal target in the topmost WindowAgg */
    4791        2890 :             window_target = output_target;
    4792             :         }
    4793             : 
    4794             :         /* mark the final item in the list as the top-level window */
    4795        3076 :         topwindow = foreach_current_index(l) == list_length(activeWindows) - 1;
    4796             : 
    4797             :         /*
    4798             :          * Collect the WindowFuncRunConditions from each WindowFunc and
    4799             :          * convert them into OpExprs
    4800             :          */
    4801        7034 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    4802             :         {
    4803             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    4804        3958 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    4805             : 
    4806        4138 :             foreach(lc3, wfunc->runCondition)
    4807             :             {
    4808         180 :                 WindowFuncRunCondition *wfuncrc =
    4809             :                     lfirst_node(WindowFuncRunCondition, lc3);
    4810             :                 Expr       *opexpr;
    4811             :                 Expr       *leftop;
    4812             :                 Expr       *rightop;
    4813             : 
    4814         180 :                 if (wfuncrc->wfunc_left)
    4815             :                 {
    4816         162 :                     leftop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4817         162 :                     rightop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4818             :                 }
    4819             :                 else
    4820             :                 {
    4821          18 :                     leftop = copyObject(wfuncrc->arg);
    4822          18 :                     rightop = (Expr *) copyObject(wfunc);
    4823             :                 }
    4824             : 
    4825         180 :                 opexpr = make_opclause(wfuncrc->opno,
    4826             :                                        BOOLOID,
    4827             :                                        false,
    4828             :                                        leftop,
    4829             :                                        rightop,
    4830             :                                        InvalidOid,
    4831             :                                        wfuncrc->inputcollid);
    4832             : 
    4833         180 :                 runcondition = lappend(runcondition, opexpr);
    4834             : 
    4835         180 :                 if (!topwindow)
    4836          24 :                     topqual = lappend(topqual, opexpr);
    4837             :             }
    4838             :         }
    4839             : 
    4840             :         path = (Path *)
    4841        3076 :             create_windowagg_path(root, window_rel, path, window_target,
    4842        3076 :                                   wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref],
    4843             :                                   runcondition, wc,
    4844             :                                   topwindow ? topqual : NIL, topwindow);
    4845             :     }
    4846             : 
    4847        2890 :     add_path(window_rel, path);
    4848        2890 : }
    4849             : 
    4850             : /*
    4851             :  * create_distinct_paths
    4852             :  *
    4853             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for SELECT DISTINCT evaluation.
    4854             :  *
    4855             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    4856             :  * target: the pathtarget for the result Paths to compute
    4857             :  *
    4858             :  * Note: input paths should already compute the desired pathtarget, since
    4859             :  * Sort/Unique won't project anything.
    4860             :  */
    4861             : static RelOptInfo *
    4862        3020 : create_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4863             :                       PathTarget *target)
    4864             : {
    4865             :     RelOptInfo *distinct_rel;
    4866             : 
    4867             :     /* For now, do all work in the (DISTINCT, NULL) upperrel */
    4868        3020 :     distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, NULL);
    4869             : 
    4870             :     /*
    4871             :      * We don't compute anything at this level, so distinct_rel will be
    4872             :      * parallel-safe if the input rel is parallel-safe.  In particular, if
    4873             :      * there is a DISTINCT ON (...) clause, any path for the input_rel will
    4874             :      * output those expressions, and will not be parallel-safe unless those
    4875             :      * expressions are parallel-safe.
    4876             :      */
    4877        3020 :     distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4878             : 
    4879             :     /*
    4880             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the distinct_rel.
    4881             :      */
    4882        3020 :     distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4883        3020 :     distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4884        3020 :     distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4885        3020 :     distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4886             : 
    4887             :     /* build distinct paths based on input_rel's pathlist */
    4888        3020 :     create_final_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel);
    4889             : 
    4890             :     /* now build distinct paths based on input_rel's partial_pathlist */
    4891        3020 :     create_partial_distinct_paths(root, input_rel, distinct_rel, target);
    4892             : 
    4893             :     /* Give a helpful error if we failed to create any paths */
    4894        3020 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    4895           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    4896             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    4897             :                  errmsg("could not implement DISTINCT"),
    4898             :                  errdetail("Some of the datatypes only support hashing, while others only support sorting.")));
    4899             : 
    4900             :     /*
    4901             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    4902             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    4903             :      */
    4904        3020 :     if (distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    4905          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    4906          16 :         distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    4907             :                                                        UPPERREL_DISTINCT,
    4908             :                                                        input_rel,
    4909             :                                                        distinct_rel,
    4910             :                                                        NULL);
    4911             : 
    4912             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    4913        3020 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    4914           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_DISTINCT, input_rel,
    4915             :                                     distinct_rel, NULL);
    4916             : 
    4917             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    4918        3020 :     set_cheapest(distinct_rel);
    4919             : 
    4920        3020 :     return distinct_rel;
    4921             : }
    4922             : 
    4923             : /*
    4924             :  * create_partial_distinct_paths
    4925             :  *
    4926             :  * Process 'input_rel' partial paths and add unique/aggregate paths to the
    4927             :  * UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT rel.  For paths created, add Gather/GatherMerge
    4928             :  * paths on top and add a final unique/aggregate path to remove any duplicate
    4929             :  * produced from combining rows from parallel workers.
    4930             :  */
    4931             : static void
    4932        3020 : create_partial_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    4933             :                               RelOptInfo *final_distinct_rel,
    4934             :                               PathTarget *target)
    4935             : {
    4936             :     RelOptInfo *partial_distinct_rel;
    4937             :     Query      *parse;
    4938             :     List       *distinctExprs;
    4939             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    4940             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    4941             :     ListCell   *lc;
    4942             : 
    4943             :     /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
    4944        3020 :     if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    4945        2912 :         return;
    4946             : 
    4947         108 :     parse = root->parse;
    4948             : 
    4949             :     /* can't do parallel DISTINCT ON */
    4950         108 :     if (parse->hasDistinctOn)
    4951           0 :         return;
    4952             : 
    4953         108 :     partial_distinct_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    4954             :                                            NULL);
    4955         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->reltarget = target;
    4956         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->consider_parallel = input_rel->consider_parallel;
    4957             : 
    4958             :     /*
    4959             :      * If input_rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the partial_distinct_rel.
    4960             :      */
    4961         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    4962         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    4963         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    4964         108 :     partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    4965             : 
    4966         108 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    4967             : 
    4968         108 :     distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    4969             :                                             parse->targetList);
    4970             : 
    4971             :     /* estimate how many distinct rows we'll get from each worker */
    4972         108 :     numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    4973             :                                           cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    4974             :                                           NULL, NULL);
    4975             : 
    4976             :     /*
    4977             :      * Try sorting the cheapest path and incrementally sorting any paths with
    4978             :      * presorted keys and put a unique paths atop of those.  We'll also
    4979             :      * attempt to reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's
    4980             :      * pathkeys as much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to
    4981             :      * re-sort.
    4982             :      */
    4983         108 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    4984             :     {
    4985         234 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    4986             :         {
    4987         126 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    4988             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    4989         126 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    4990             : 
    4991             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    4992         126 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    4993             :                                                  root->distinct_pathkeys,
    4994             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    4995             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    4996             : 
    4997         390 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    4998             :             {
    4999         138 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    5000             :                                                 partial_distinct_rel,
    5001             :                                                 input_path,
    5002             :                                                 cheapest_partial_path,
    5003             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    5004             :                                                 -1.0);
    5005             : 
    5006         138 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    5007          12 :                     continue;
    5008             : 
    5009             :                 /*
    5010             :                  * An empty distinct_pathkeys means all tuples have the same
    5011             :                  * value for the DISTINCT clause.  See
    5012             :                  * create_final_distinct_paths()
    5013             :                  */
    5014         126 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    5015             :                 {
    5016             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    5017             : 
    5018           6 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    5019             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    5020             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    5021             :                                                     true);
    5022             : 
    5023             :                     /*
    5024             :                      * Apply a LimitPath onto the partial path to restrict the
    5025             :                      * tuples from each worker to 1.
    5026             :                      * create_final_distinct_paths will need to apply an
    5027             :                      * additional LimitPath to restrict this to a single row
    5028             :                      * after the Gather node.  If the query already has a
    5029             :                      * LIMIT clause, then we could end up with three Limit
    5030             :                      * nodes in the final plan.  Consolidating the top two of
    5031             :                      * these could be done, but does not seem worth troubling
    5032             :                      * over.
    5033             :                      */
    5034           6 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5035           6 :                                      create_limit_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5036             :                                                        sorted_path,
    5037             :                                                        NULL,
    5038             :                                                        limitCount,
    5039             :                                                        LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT,
    5040             :                                                        0, 1));
    5041             :                 }
    5042             :                 else
    5043             :                 {
    5044         120 :                     add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5045         120 :                                      create_unique_path(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5046             :                                                         sorted_path,
    5047         120 :                                                         list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    5048             :                                                         numDistinctRows));
    5049             :                 }
    5050             :             }
    5051             :         }
    5052             :     }
    5053             : 
    5054             :     /*
    5055             :      * Now try hash aggregate paths, if enabled and hashing is possible. Since
    5056             :      * we're not on the hook to ensure we do our best to create at least one
    5057             :      * path here, we treat enable_hashagg as a hard off-switch rather than the
    5058             :      * slightly softer variant in create_final_distinct_paths.
    5059             :      */
    5060         108 :     if (enable_hashagg && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5061             :     {
    5062          78 :         add_partial_path(partial_distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5063          78 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    5064             :                                          partial_distinct_rel,
    5065             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    5066             :                                          cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
    5067             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    5068             :                                          AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    5069             :                                          root->processed_distinctClause,
    5070             :                                          NIL,
    5071             :                                          NULL,
    5072             :                                          numDistinctRows));
    5073             :     }
    5074             : 
    5075             :     /*
    5076             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    5077             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    5078             :      */
    5079         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine &&
    5080           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    5081           0 :         partial_distinct_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    5082             :                                                                UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    5083             :                                                                input_rel,
    5084             :                                                                partial_distinct_rel,
    5085             :                                                                NULL);
    5086             : 
    5087             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more partial paths */
    5088         108 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    5089           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_PARTIAL_DISTINCT,
    5090             :                                     input_rel, partial_distinct_rel, NULL);
    5091             : 
    5092         108 :     if (partial_distinct_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    5093             :     {
    5094         108 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel, true);
    5095         108 :         set_cheapest(partial_distinct_rel);
    5096             : 
    5097             :         /*
    5098             :          * Finally, create paths to distinctify the final result.  This step
    5099             :          * is needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from
    5100             :          * parallel workers.
    5101             :          */
    5102         108 :         create_final_distinct_paths(root, partial_distinct_rel,
    5103             :                                     final_distinct_rel);
    5104             :     }
    5105             : }
    5106             : 
    5107             : /*
    5108             :  * create_final_distinct_paths
    5109             :  *      Create distinct paths in 'distinct_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
    5110             :  *
    5111             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data paths
    5112             :  * distinct_rel: destination relation for storing created paths
    5113             :  */
    5114             : static RelOptInfo *
    5115        3128 : create_final_distinct_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    5116             :                             RelOptInfo *distinct_rel)
    5117             : {
    5118        3128 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    5119        3128 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    5120             :     double      numDistinctRows;
    5121             :     bool        allow_hash;
    5122             : 
    5123             :     /* Estimate number of distinct rows there will be */
    5124        3128 :     if (parse->groupClause || parse->groupingSets || parse->hasAggs ||
    5125        3054 :         root->hasHavingQual)
    5126             :     {
    5127             :         /*
    5128             :          * If there was grouping or aggregation, use the number of input rows
    5129             :          * as the estimated number of DISTINCT rows (ie, assume the input is
    5130             :          * already mostly unique).
    5131             :          */
    5132          74 :         numDistinctRows = cheapest_input_path->rows;
    5133             :     }
    5134             :     else
    5135             :     {
    5136             :         /*
    5137             :          * Otherwise, the UNIQUE filter has effects comparable to GROUP BY.
    5138             :          */
    5139             :         List       *distinctExprs;
    5140             : 
    5141        3054 :         distinctExprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(root->processed_distinctClause,
    5142             :                                                 parse->targetList);
    5143        3054 :         numDistinctRows = estimate_num_groups(root, distinctExprs,
    5144             :                                               cheapest_input_path->rows,
    5145             :                                               NULL, NULL);
    5146             :     }
    5147             : 
    5148             :     /*
    5149             :      * Consider sort-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    5150             :      */
    5151        3128 :     if (grouping_is_sortable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5152             :     {
    5153             :         /*
    5154             :          * Firstly, if we have any adequately-presorted paths, just stick a
    5155             :          * Unique node on those.  We also, consider doing an explicit sort of
    5156             :          * the cheapest input path and Unique'ing that.  If any paths have
    5157             :          * presorted keys then we'll create an incremental sort atop of those
    5158             :          * before adding a unique node on the top.  We'll also attempt to
    5159             :          * reorder the required pathkeys to match the input path's pathkeys as
    5160             :          * much as possible, in hopes of avoiding a possible need to re-sort.
    5161             :          *
    5162             :          * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must sort by the more rigorous of
    5163             :          * DISTINCT and ORDER BY, else it won't have the desired behavior.
    5164             :          * Also, if we do have to do an explicit sort, we might as well use
    5165             :          * the more rigorous ordering to avoid a second sort later.  (Note
    5166             :          * that the parser will have ensured that one clause is a prefix of
    5167             :          * the other.)
    5168             :          */
    5169             :         List       *needed_pathkeys;
    5170             :         ListCell   *lc;
    5171        3122 :         double      limittuples = root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL ? 1.0 : -1.0;
    5172             : 
    5173        3372 :         if (parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    5174         250 :             list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys) <
    5175         250 :             list_length(root->sort_pathkeys))
    5176          54 :             needed_pathkeys = root->sort_pathkeys;
    5177             :         else
    5178        3068 :             needed_pathkeys = root->distinct_pathkeys;
    5179             : 
    5180        8424 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    5181             :         {
    5182        5302 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5183             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    5184        5302 :             List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    5185             : 
    5186             :             useful_pathkeys_list =
    5187        5302 :                 get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(root,
    5188             :                                                  needed_pathkeys,
    5189             :                                                  input_path->pathkeys);
    5190             :             Assert(list_length(useful_pathkeys_list) > 0);
    5191             : 
    5192       16726 :             foreach_node(List, useful_pathkeys, useful_pathkeys_list)
    5193             :             {
    5194        6122 :                 sorted_path = make_ordered_path(root,
    5195             :                                                 distinct_rel,
    5196             :                                                 input_path,
    5197             :                                                 cheapest_input_path,
    5198             :                                                 useful_pathkeys,
    5199             :                                                 limittuples);
    5200             : 
    5201        6122 :                 if (sorted_path == NULL)
    5202         878 :                     continue;
    5203             : 
    5204             :                 /*
    5205             :                  * distinct_pathkeys may have become empty if all of the
    5206             :                  * pathkeys were determined to be redundant.  If all of the
    5207             :                  * pathkeys are redundant then each DISTINCT target must only
    5208             :                  * allow a single value, therefore all resulting tuples must
    5209             :                  * be identical (or at least indistinguishable by an equality
    5210             :                  * check).  We can uniquify these tuples simply by just taking
    5211             :                  * the first tuple.  All we do here is add a path to do "LIMIT
    5212             :                  * 1" atop of 'sorted_path'.  When doing a DISTINCT ON we may
    5213             :                  * still have a non-NIL sort_pathkeys list, so we must still
    5214             :                  * only do this with paths which are correctly sorted by
    5215             :                  * sort_pathkeys.
    5216             :                  */
    5217        5244 :                 if (root->distinct_pathkeys == NIL)
    5218             :                 {
    5219             :                     Node       *limitCount;
    5220             : 
    5221         138 :                     limitCount = (Node *) makeConst(INT8OID, -1, InvalidOid,
    5222             :                                                     sizeof(int64),
    5223             :                                                     Int64GetDatum(1), false,
    5224             :                                                     true);
    5225             : 
    5226             :                     /*
    5227             :                      * If the query already has a LIMIT clause, then we could
    5228             :                      * end up with a duplicate LimitPath in the final plan.
    5229             :                      * That does not seem worth troubling over too much.
    5230             :                      */
    5231         138 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5232         138 :                              create_limit_path(root, distinct_rel, sorted_path,
    5233             :                                                NULL, limitCount,
    5234             :                                                LIMIT_OPTION_COUNT, 0, 1));
    5235             :                 }
    5236             :                 else
    5237             :                 {
    5238        5106 :                     add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5239        5106 :                              create_unique_path(root, distinct_rel,
    5240             :                                                 sorted_path,
    5241        5106 :                                                 list_length(root->distinct_pathkeys),
    5242             :                                                 numDistinctRows));
    5243             :                 }
    5244             :             }
    5245             :         }
    5246             :     }
    5247             : 
    5248             :     /*
    5249             :      * Consider hash-based implementations of DISTINCT, if possible.
    5250             :      *
    5251             :      * If we were not able to make any other types of path, we *must* hash or
    5252             :      * die trying.  If we do have other choices, there are two things that
    5253             :      * should prevent selection of hashing: if the query uses DISTINCT ON
    5254             :      * (because it won't really have the expected behavior if we hash), or if
    5255             :      * enable_hashagg is off.
    5256             :      *
    5257             :      * Note: grouping_is_hashable() is much more expensive to check than the
    5258             :      * other gating conditions, so we want to do it last.
    5259             :      */
    5260        3128 :     if (distinct_rel->pathlist == NIL)
    5261           6 :         allow_hash = true;      /* we have no alternatives */
    5262        3122 :     else if (parse->hasDistinctOn || !enable_hashagg)
    5263         400 :         allow_hash = false;     /* policy-based decision not to hash */
    5264             :     else
    5265        2722 :         allow_hash = true;      /* default */
    5266             : 
    5267        3128 :     if (allow_hash && grouping_is_hashable(root->processed_distinctClause))
    5268             :     {
    5269             :         /* Generate hashed aggregate path --- no sort needed */
    5270        2728 :         add_path(distinct_rel, (Path *)
    5271        2728 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    5272             :                                  distinct_rel,
    5273             :                                  cheapest_input_path,
    5274             :                                  cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
    5275             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    5276             :                                  AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    5277             :                                  root->processed_distinctClause,
    5278             :                                  NIL,
    5279             :                                  NULL,
    5280             :                                  numDistinctRows));
    5281             :     }
    5282             : 
    5283        3128 :     return distinct_rel;
    5284             : }
    5285             : 
    5286             : /*
    5287             :  * get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct
    5288             :  *    Get useful orderings of pathkeys for distinctClause by reordering
    5289             :  *    'needed_pathkeys' to match the given 'path_pathkeys' as much as possible.
    5290             :  *
    5291             :  * This returns a list of pathkeys that can be useful for DISTINCT or DISTINCT
    5292             :  * ON clause.  For convenience, it always includes the given 'needed_pathkeys'.
    5293             :  */
    5294             : static List *
    5295        5428 : get_useful_pathkeys_for_distinct(PlannerInfo *root, List *needed_pathkeys,
    5296             :                                  List *path_pathkeys)
    5297             : {
    5298        5428 :     List       *useful_pathkeys_list = NIL;
    5299        5428 :     List       *useful_pathkeys = NIL;
    5300             : 
    5301             :     /* always include the given 'needed_pathkeys' */
    5302        5428 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5303             :                                    needed_pathkeys);
    5304             : 
    5305        5428 :     if (!enable_distinct_reordering)
    5306           0 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5307             : 
    5308             :     /*
    5309             :      * Scan the given 'path_pathkeys' and construct a list of PathKey nodes
    5310             :      * that match 'needed_pathkeys', but only up to the longest matching
    5311             :      * prefix.
    5312             :      *
    5313             :      * When we have DISTINCT ON, we must ensure that the resulting pathkey
    5314             :      * list matches initial distinctClause pathkeys; otherwise, it won't have
    5315             :      * the desired behavior.
    5316             :      */
    5317       13440 :     foreach_node(PathKey, pathkey, path_pathkeys)
    5318             :     {
    5319             :         /*
    5320             :          * The PathKey nodes are canonical, so they can be checked for
    5321             :          * equality by simple pointer comparison.
    5322             :          */
    5323        2612 :         if (!list_member_ptr(needed_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5324          10 :             break;
    5325        2602 :         if (root->parse->hasDistinctOn &&
    5326         202 :             !list_member_ptr(root->distinct_pathkeys, pathkey))
    5327          18 :             break;
    5328             : 
    5329        2584 :         useful_pathkeys = lappend(useful_pathkeys, pathkey);
    5330             :     }
    5331             : 
    5332             :     /* If no match at all, no point in reordering needed_pathkeys */
    5333        5428 :     if (useful_pathkeys == NIL)
    5334        3108 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5335             : 
    5336             :     /*
    5337             :      * If not full match, the resulting pathkey list is not useful without
    5338             :      * incremental sort.
    5339             :      */
    5340        2320 :     if (list_length(useful_pathkeys) < list_length(needed_pathkeys) &&
    5341        1562 :         !enable_incremental_sort)
    5342          60 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5343             : 
    5344             :     /* Append the remaining PathKey nodes in needed_pathkeys */
    5345        2260 :     useful_pathkeys = list_concat_unique_ptr(useful_pathkeys,
    5346             :                                              needed_pathkeys);
    5347             : 
    5348             :     /*
    5349             :      * If the resulting pathkey list is the same as the 'needed_pathkeys',
    5350             :      * just drop it.
    5351             :      */
    5352        2260 :     if (compare_pathkeys(needed_pathkeys,
    5353             :                          useful_pathkeys) == PATHKEYS_EQUAL)
    5354        1428 :         return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5355             : 
    5356         832 :     useful_pathkeys_list = lappend(useful_pathkeys_list,
    5357             :                                    useful_pathkeys);
    5358             : 
    5359         832 :     return useful_pathkeys_list;
    5360             : }
    5361             : 
    5362             : /*
    5363             :  * create_ordered_paths
    5364             :  *
    5365             :  * Build a new upperrel containing Paths for ORDER BY evaluation.
    5366             :  *
    5367             :  * All paths in the result must satisfy the ORDER BY ordering.
    5368             :  * The only new paths we need consider are an explicit full sort
    5369             :  * and incremental sort on the cheapest-total existing path.
    5370             :  *
    5371             :  * input_rel: contains the source-data Paths
    5372             :  * target: the output tlist the result Paths must emit
    5373             :  * limit_tuples: estimated bound on the number of output tuples,
    5374             :  *      or -1 if no LIMIT or couldn't estimate
    5375             :  *
    5376             :  * XXX This only looks at sort_pathkeys. I wonder if it needs to look at the
    5377             :  * other pathkeys (grouping, ...) like generate_useful_gather_paths.
    5378             :  */
    5379             : static RelOptInfo *
    5380       76136 : create_ordered_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    5381             :                      RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    5382             :                      PathTarget *target,
    5383             :                      bool target_parallel_safe,
    5384             :                      double limit_tuples)
    5385             : {
    5386       76136 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    5387             :     RelOptInfo *ordered_rel;
    5388             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5389             : 
    5390             :     /* For now, do all work in the (ORDERED, NULL) upperrel */
    5391       76136 :     ordered_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED, NULL);
    5392             : 
    5393             :     /*
    5394             :      * If the input relation is not parallel-safe, then the ordered relation
    5395             :      * can't be parallel-safe, either.  Otherwise, it's parallel-safe if the
    5396             :      * target list is parallel-safe.
    5397             :      */
    5398       76136 :     if (input_rel->consider_parallel && target_parallel_safe)
    5399       53088 :         ordered_rel->consider_parallel = true;
    5400             : 
    5401             :     /* Assume that the same path generation strategies are allowed. */
    5402       76136 :     ordered_rel->pgs_mask = input_rel->pgs_mask;
    5403             : 
    5404             :     /*
    5405             :      * If the input rel belongs to a single FDW, so does the ordered_rel.
    5406             :      */
    5407       76136 :     ordered_rel->serverid = input_rel->serverid;
    5408       76136 :     ordered_rel->userid = input_rel->userid;
    5409       76136 :     ordered_rel->useridiscurrent = input_rel->useridiscurrent;
    5410       76136 :     ordered_rel->fdwroutine = input_rel->fdwroutine;
    5411             : 
    5412      192474 :     foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    5413             :     {
    5414      116338 :         Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5415             :         Path       *sorted_path;
    5416             :         bool        is_sorted;
    5417             :         int         presorted_keys;
    5418             : 
    5419      116338 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5420             :                                                 input_path->pathkeys, &presorted_keys);
    5421             : 
    5422      116338 :         if (is_sorted)
    5423       43578 :             sorted_path = input_path;
    5424             :         else
    5425             :         {
    5426             :             /*
    5427             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5428             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5429             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5430             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5431             :              * input path).
    5432             :              */
    5433       72760 :             if (input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
    5434        6348 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5435        2232 :                 continue;
    5436             : 
    5437             :             /*
    5438             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5439             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5440             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5441             :              */
    5442       70528 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5443       65788 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5444             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5445             :                                                         input_path,
    5446             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5447             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5448             :             else
    5449        4740 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5450             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5451             :                                                                     input_path,
    5452             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5453             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5454             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5455             :         }
    5456             : 
    5457             :         /*
    5458             :          * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions from
    5459             :          * the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5460             :          */
    5461      114106 :         if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5462         394 :             sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5463             :                                                    sorted_path, target);
    5464             : 
    5465      114106 :         add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5466             :     }
    5467             : 
    5468             :     /*
    5469             :      * generate_gather_paths() will have already generated a simple Gather
    5470             :      * path for the best parallel path, if any, and the loop above will have
    5471             :      * considered sorting it.  Similarly, generate_gather_paths() will also
    5472             :      * have generated order-preserving Gather Merge plans which can be used
    5473             :      * without sorting if they happen to match the sort_pathkeys, and the loop
    5474             :      * above will have handled those as well.  However, there's one more
    5475             :      * possibility: it may make sense to sort the cheapest partial path or
    5476             :      * incrementally sort any partial path that is partially sorted according
    5477             :      * to the required output order and then use Gather Merge.
    5478             :      */
    5479       76136 :     if (ordered_rel->consider_parallel && root->sort_pathkeys != NIL &&
    5480       52884 :         input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    5481             :     {
    5482             :         Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    5483             : 
    5484        2874 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    5485             : 
    5486        6542 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    5487             :         {
    5488        3668 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    5489             :             Path       *sorted_path;
    5490             :             bool        is_sorted;
    5491             :             int         presorted_keys;
    5492             :             double      total_groups;
    5493             : 
    5494        3668 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(root->sort_pathkeys,
    5495             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    5496             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    5497             : 
    5498        3668 :             if (is_sorted)
    5499         674 :                 continue;
    5500             : 
    5501             :             /*
    5502             :              * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try
    5503             :              * incrementally sorting any path which is partially sorted
    5504             :              * already (no need to deal with paths which have presorted keys
    5505             :              * when incremental sort is disabled unless it's the cheapest
    5506             :              * partial path).
    5507             :              */
    5508        2994 :             if (input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    5509         150 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    5510           0 :                 continue;
    5511             : 
    5512             :             /*
    5513             :              * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    5514             :              * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    5515             :              * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    5516             :              */
    5517        2994 :             if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    5518        2826 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    5519             :                                                         ordered_rel,
    5520             :                                                         input_path,
    5521             :                                                         root->sort_pathkeys,
    5522             :                                                         limit_tuples);
    5523             :             else
    5524         168 :                 sorted_path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    5525             :                                                                     ordered_rel,
    5526             :                                                                     input_path,
    5527             :                                                                     root->sort_pathkeys,
    5528             :                                                                     presorted_keys,
    5529             :                                                                     limit_tuples);
    5530        2994 :             total_groups = compute_gather_rows(sorted_path);
    5531             :             sorted_path = (Path *)
    5532        2994 :                 create_gather_merge_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5533             :                                          sorted_path,
    5534             :                                          sorted_path->pathtarget,
    5535             :                                          root->sort_pathkeys, NULL,
    5536             :                                          &total_groups);
    5537             : 
    5538             :             /*
    5539             :              * If the pathtarget of the result path has different expressions
    5540             :              * from the target to be applied, a projection step is needed.
    5541             :              */
    5542        2994 :             if (!equal(sorted_path->pathtarget->exprs, target->exprs))
    5543           6 :                 sorted_path = apply_projection_to_path(root, ordered_rel,
    5544             :                                                        sorted_path, target);
    5545             : 
    5546        2994 :             add_path(ordered_rel, sorted_path);
    5547             :         }
    5548             :     }
    5549             : 
    5550             :     /*
    5551             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    5552             :      * let it consider adding ForeignPaths.
    5553             :      */
    5554       76136 :     if (ordered_rel->fdwroutine &&
    5555         386 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    5556         370 :         ordered_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5557             :                                                       input_rel, ordered_rel,
    5558             :                                                       NULL);
    5559             : 
    5560             :     /* Let extensions possibly add some more paths */
    5561       76136 :     if (create_upper_paths_hook)
    5562           0 :         (*create_upper_paths_hook) (root, UPPERREL_ORDERED,
    5563             :                                     input_rel, ordered_rel, NULL);
    5564             : 
    5565             :     /*
    5566             :      * No need to bother with set_cheapest here; grouping_planner does not
    5567             :      * need us to do it.
    5568             :      */
    5569             :     Assert(ordered_rel->pathlist != NIL);
    5570             : 
    5571       76136 :     return ordered_rel;
    5572             : }
    5573             : 
    5574             : 
    5575             : /*
    5576             :  * make_group_input_target
    5577             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to grouping nodes.
    5578             :  *
    5579             :  * If there is grouping or aggregation, the scan/join subplan cannot emit
    5580             :  * the query's final targetlist; for example, it certainly can't emit any
    5581             :  * aggregate function calls.  This routine generates the correct target
    5582             :  * for the scan/join subplan.
    5583             :  *
    5584             :  * The query target list passed from the parser already contains entries
    5585             :  * for all ORDER BY and GROUP BY expressions, but it will not have entries
    5586             :  * for variables used only in HAVING clauses; so we need to add those
    5587             :  * variables to the subplan target list.  Also, we flatten all expressions
    5588             :  * except GROUP BY items into their component variables; other expressions
    5589             :  * will be computed by the upper plan nodes rather than by the subplan.
    5590             :  * For example, given a query like
    5591             :  *      SELECT a+b,SUM(c+d) FROM table GROUP BY a+b;
    5592             :  * we want to pass this targetlist to the subplan:
    5593             :  *      a+b,c,d
    5594             :  * where the a+b target will be used by the Sort/Group steps, and the
    5595             :  * other targets will be used for computing the final results.
    5596             :  *
    5597             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    5598             :  *
    5599             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the Paths returned from
    5600             :  * query_planner().
    5601             :  */
    5602             : static PathTarget *
    5603       45980 : make_group_input_target(PlannerInfo *root, PathTarget *final_target)
    5604             : {
    5605       45980 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    5606             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    5607             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5608             :     List       *non_group_vars;
    5609             :     int         i;
    5610             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5611             : 
    5612             :     /*
    5613             :      * We must build a target containing all grouping columns, plus any other
    5614             :      * Vars mentioned in the query's targetlist and HAVING qual.
    5615             :      */
    5616       45980 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5617       45980 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5618             : 
    5619       45980 :     i = 0;
    5620      114038 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    5621             :     {
    5622       68058 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5623       68058 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    5624             : 
    5625       77732 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5626        9674 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5627             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5628             :         {
    5629             :             /*
    5630             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the input target as-is.
    5631             :              *
    5632             :              * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So
    5633             :              * with grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the
    5634             :              * grouping step if there is any from the target expression.
    5635             :              */
    5636        7804 :             if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5637             :             {
    5638             :                 Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5639             :                 expr = (Expr *)
    5640        2026 :                     remove_nulling_relids((Node *) expr,
    5641        2026 :                                           bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5642             :                                           NULL);
    5643             :             }
    5644        7804 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    5645             :         }
    5646             :         else
    5647             :         {
    5648             :             /*
    5649             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5650             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5651             :              */
    5652       60254 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5653             :         }
    5654             : 
    5655       68058 :         i++;
    5656             :     }
    5657             : 
    5658             :     /*
    5659             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars it uses, too.
    5660             :      */
    5661       45980 :     if (parse->havingQual)
    5662         962 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, parse->havingQual);
    5663             : 
    5664             :     /*
    5665             :      * Pull out all the Vars mentioned in non-group cols (plus HAVING), and
    5666             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (A Var used
    5667             :      * directly as a GROUP BY item will be present already.)  Note this
    5668             :      * includes Vars used in resjunk items, so we are covering the needs of
    5669             :      * ORDER BY and window specifications.  Vars used within Aggrefs and
    5670             :      * WindowFuncs will be pulled out here, too.
    5671             :      *
    5672             :      * Note that the target is logically below the grouping step.  So with
    5673             :      * grouping sets we need to remove the RT index of the grouping step if
    5674             :      * there is any from the non-group Vars.
    5675             :      */
    5676       45980 :     non_group_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5677             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_AGGREGATES |
    5678             :                                      PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5679             :                                      PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5680       45980 :     if (parse->hasGroupRTE && parse->groupingSets != NIL)
    5681             :     {
    5682             :         Assert(root->group_rtindex > 0);
    5683             :         non_group_vars = (List *)
    5684         936 :             remove_nulling_relids((Node *) non_group_vars,
    5685         936 :                                   bms_make_singleton(root->group_rtindex),
    5686             :                                   NULL);
    5687             :     }
    5688       45980 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, non_group_vars);
    5689             : 
    5690             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5691       45980 :     list_free(non_group_vars);
    5692       45980 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5693             : 
    5694             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5695       45980 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    5696             : }
    5697             : 
    5698             : /*
    5699             :  * make_partial_grouping_target
    5700             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for output of partial aggregate
    5701             :  *    (or partial grouping, if there are no aggregates) nodes.
    5702             :  *
    5703             :  * A partial aggregation node needs to emit all the same aggregates that
    5704             :  * a regular aggregation node would, plus any aggregates used in HAVING;
    5705             :  * except that the Aggref nodes should be marked as partial aggregates.
    5706             :  *
    5707             :  * In addition, we'd better emit any Vars and PlaceHolderVars that are
    5708             :  * used outside of Aggrefs in the aggregation tlist and HAVING.  (Presumably,
    5709             :  * these would be Vars that are grouped by or used in grouping expressions.)
    5710             :  *
    5711             :  * grouping_target is the tlist to be emitted by the topmost aggregation step.
    5712             :  * havingQual represents the HAVING clause.
    5713             :  */
    5714             : static PathTarget *
    5715        3858 : make_partial_grouping_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    5716             :                              PathTarget *grouping_target,
    5717             :                              Node *havingQual)
    5718             : {
    5719             :     PathTarget *partial_target;
    5720             :     List       *non_group_cols;
    5721             :     List       *non_group_exprs;
    5722             :     int         i;
    5723             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5724             : 
    5725        3858 :     partial_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    5726        3858 :     non_group_cols = NIL;
    5727             : 
    5728        3858 :     i = 0;
    5729       12758 :     foreach(lc, grouping_target->exprs)
    5730             :     {
    5731        8900 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    5732        8900 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(grouping_target, i);
    5733             : 
    5734       13676 :         if (sgref && root->processed_groupClause &&
    5735        4776 :             get_sortgroupref_clause_noerr(sgref,
    5736             :                                           root->processed_groupClause) != NULL)
    5737             :         {
    5738             :             /*
    5739             :              * It's a grouping column, so add it to the partial_target as-is.
    5740             :              * (This allows the upper agg step to repeat the grouping calcs.)
    5741             :              */
    5742        2828 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(partial_target, expr, sgref);
    5743             :         }
    5744             :         else
    5745             :         {
    5746             :             /*
    5747             :              * Non-grouping column, so just remember the expression for later
    5748             :              * call to pull_var_clause.
    5749             :              */
    5750        6072 :             non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, expr);
    5751             :         }
    5752             : 
    5753        8900 :         i++;
    5754             :     }
    5755             : 
    5756             :     /*
    5757             :      * If there's a HAVING clause, we'll need the Vars/Aggrefs it uses, too.
    5758             :      */
    5759        3858 :     if (havingQual)
    5760         878 :         non_group_cols = lappend(non_group_cols, havingQual);
    5761             : 
    5762             :     /*
    5763             :      * Pull out all the Vars, PlaceHolderVars, and Aggrefs mentioned in
    5764             :      * non-group cols (plus HAVING), and add them to the partial_target if not
    5765             :      * already present.  (An expression used directly as a GROUP BY item will
    5766             :      * be present already.)  Note this includes Vars used in resjunk items, so
    5767             :      * we are covering the needs of ORDER BY and window specifications.
    5768             :      */
    5769        3858 :     non_group_exprs = pull_var_clause((Node *) non_group_cols,
    5770             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    5771             :                                       PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    5772             :                                       PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    5773             : 
    5774        3858 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(partial_target, non_group_exprs);
    5775             : 
    5776             :     /*
    5777             :      * Adjust Aggrefs to put them in partial mode.  At this point all Aggrefs
    5778             :      * are at the top level of the target list, so we can just scan the list
    5779             :      * rather than recursing through the expression trees.
    5780             :      */
    5781       13354 :     foreach(lc, partial_target->exprs)
    5782             :     {
    5783        9496 :         Aggref     *aggref = (Aggref *) lfirst(lc);
    5784             : 
    5785        9496 :         if (IsA(aggref, Aggref))
    5786             :         {
    5787             :             Aggref     *newaggref;
    5788             : 
    5789             :             /*
    5790             :              * We shouldn't need to copy the substructure of the Aggref node,
    5791             :              * but flat-copy the node itself to avoid damaging other trees.
    5792             :              */
    5793        6638 :             newaggref = makeNode(Aggref);
    5794        6638 :             memcpy(newaggref, aggref, sizeof(Aggref));
    5795             : 
    5796             :             /* For now, assume serialization is required */
    5797        6638 :             mark_partial_aggref(newaggref, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL);
    5798             : 
    5799        6638 :             lfirst(lc) = newaggref;
    5800             :         }
    5801             :     }
    5802             : 
    5803             :     /* clean up cruft */
    5804        3858 :     list_free(non_group_exprs);
    5805        3858 :     list_free(non_group_cols);
    5806             : 
    5807             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    5808        3858 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, partial_target);
    5809             : }
    5810             : 
    5811             : /*
    5812             :  * mark_partial_aggref
    5813             :  *    Adjust an Aggref to make it represent a partial-aggregation step.
    5814             :  *
    5815             :  * The Aggref node is modified in-place; caller must do any copying required.
    5816             :  */
    5817             : void
    5818       18586 : mark_partial_aggref(Aggref *agg, AggSplit aggsplit)
    5819             : {
    5820             :     /* aggtranstype should be computed by this point */
    5821             :     Assert(OidIsValid(agg->aggtranstype));
    5822             :     /* ... but aggsplit should still be as the parser left it */
    5823             :     Assert(agg->aggsplit == AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE);
    5824             : 
    5825             :     /* Mark the Aggref with the intended partial-aggregation mode */
    5826       18586 :     agg->aggsplit = aggsplit;
    5827             : 
    5828             :     /*
    5829             :      * Adjust result type if needed.  Normally, a partial aggregate returns
    5830             :      * the aggregate's transition type; but if that's INTERNAL and we're
    5831             :      * serializing, it returns BYTEA instead.
    5832             :      */
    5833       18586 :     if (DO_AGGSPLIT_SKIPFINAL(aggsplit))
    5834             :     {
    5835       16278 :         if (agg->aggtranstype == INTERNALOID && DO_AGGSPLIT_SERIALIZE(aggsplit))
    5836         314 :             agg->aggtype = BYTEAOID;
    5837             :         else
    5838       15964 :             agg->aggtype = agg->aggtranstype;
    5839             :     }
    5840       18586 : }
    5841             : 
    5842             : /*
    5843             :  * postprocess_setop_tlist
    5844             :  *    Fix up targetlist returned by plan_set_operations().
    5845             :  *
    5846             :  * We need to transpose sort key info from the orig_tlist into new_tlist.
    5847             :  * NOTE: this would not be good enough if we supported resjunk sort keys
    5848             :  * for results of set operations --- then, we'd need to project a whole
    5849             :  * new tlist to evaluate the resjunk columns.  For now, just ereport if we
    5850             :  * find any resjunk columns in orig_tlist.
    5851             :  */
    5852             : static List *
    5853        6218 : postprocess_setop_tlist(List *new_tlist, List *orig_tlist)
    5854             : {
    5855             :     ListCell   *l;
    5856        6218 :     ListCell   *orig_tlist_item = list_head(orig_tlist);
    5857             : 
    5858       23870 :     foreach(l, new_tlist)
    5859             :     {
    5860       17652 :         TargetEntry *new_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, l);
    5861             :         TargetEntry *orig_tle;
    5862             : 
    5863             :         /* ignore resjunk columns in setop result */
    5864       17652 :         if (new_tle->resjunk)
    5865           0 :             continue;
    5866             : 
    5867             :         Assert(orig_tlist_item != NULL);
    5868       17652 :         orig_tle = lfirst_node(TargetEntry, orig_tlist_item);
    5869       17652 :         orig_tlist_item = lnext(orig_tlist, orig_tlist_item);
    5870       17652 :         if (orig_tle->resjunk)   /* should not happen */
    5871           0 :             elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5872             :         Assert(new_tle->resno == orig_tle->resno);
    5873       17652 :         new_tle->ressortgroupref = orig_tle->ressortgroupref;
    5874             :     }
    5875        6218 :     if (orig_tlist_item != NULL)
    5876           0 :         elog(ERROR, "resjunk output columns are not implemented");
    5877        6218 :     return new_tlist;
    5878             : }
    5879             : 
    5880             : /*
    5881             :  * optimize_window_clauses
    5882             :  *      Call each WindowFunc's prosupport function to see if we're able to
    5883             :  *      make any adjustments to any of the WindowClause's so that the executor
    5884             :  *      can execute the window functions in a more optimal way.
    5885             :  *
    5886             :  * Currently we only allow adjustments to the WindowClause's frameOptions.  We
    5887             :  * may allow more things to be done here in the future.
    5888             :  */
    5889             : static void
    5890        2676 : optimize_window_clauses(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    5891             : {
    5892        2676 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    5893             :     ListCell   *lc;
    5894             : 
    5895        5598 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    5896             :     {
    5897        2922 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    5898             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    5899        2922 :         int         optimizedFrameOptions = 0;
    5900             : 
    5901             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    5902             : 
    5903             :         /* skip any WindowClauses that have no WindowFuncs */
    5904        2922 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    5905          24 :             continue;
    5906             : 
    5907        3552 :         foreach(lc2, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    5908             :         {
    5909             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause req;
    5910             :             SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *res;
    5911        2940 :             WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc2);
    5912             :             Oid         prosupport;
    5913             : 
    5914        2940 :             prosupport = get_func_support(wfunc->winfnoid);
    5915             : 
    5916             :             /* Check if there's a support function for 'wfunc' */
    5917        2940 :             if (!OidIsValid(prosupport))
    5918        2286 :                 break;          /* can't optimize this WindowClause */
    5919             : 
    5920         880 :             req.type = T_SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause;
    5921         880 :             req.window_clause = wc;
    5922         880 :             req.window_func = wfunc;
    5923         880 :             req.frameOptions = wc->frameOptions;
    5924             : 
    5925             :             /* call the support function */
    5926             :             res = (SupportRequestOptimizeWindowClause *)
    5927         880 :                 DatumGetPointer(OidFunctionCall1(prosupport,
    5928             :                                                  PointerGetDatum(&req)));
    5929             : 
    5930             :             /*
    5931             :              * Skip to next WindowClause if the support function does not
    5932             :              * support this request type.
    5933             :              */
    5934         880 :             if (res == NULL)
    5935         226 :                 break;
    5936             : 
    5937             :             /*
    5938             :              * Save these frameOptions for the first WindowFunc for this
    5939             :              * WindowClause.
    5940             :              */
    5941         654 :             if (foreach_current_index(lc2) == 0)
    5942         630 :                 optimizedFrameOptions = res->frameOptions;
    5943             : 
    5944             :             /*
    5945             :              * On subsequent WindowFuncs, if the frameOptions are not the same
    5946             :              * then we're unable to optimize the frameOptions for this
    5947             :              * WindowClause.
    5948             :              */
    5949          24 :             else if (optimizedFrameOptions != res->frameOptions)
    5950           0 :                 break;          /* skip to the next WindowClause, if any */
    5951             :         }
    5952             : 
    5953             :         /* adjust the frameOptions if all WindowFunc's agree that it's ok */
    5954        2898 :         if (lc2 == NULL && wc->frameOptions != optimizedFrameOptions)
    5955             :         {
    5956             :             ListCell   *lc3;
    5957             : 
    5958             :             /* apply the new frame options */
    5959         612 :             wc->frameOptions = optimizedFrameOptions;
    5960             : 
    5961             :             /*
    5962             :              * We now check to see if changing the frameOptions has caused
    5963             :              * this WindowClause to be a duplicate of some other WindowClause.
    5964             :              * This can only happen if we have multiple WindowClauses, so
    5965             :              * don't bother if there's only 1.
    5966             :              */
    5967         612 :             if (list_length(windowClause) == 1)
    5968         522 :                 continue;
    5969             : 
    5970             :             /*
    5971             :              * Do the duplicate check and reuse the existing WindowClause if
    5972             :              * we find a duplicate.
    5973             :              */
    5974         228 :             foreach(lc3, windowClause)
    5975             :             {
    5976         174 :                 WindowClause *existing_wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc3);
    5977             : 
    5978             :                 /* skip over the WindowClause we're currently editing */
    5979         174 :                 if (existing_wc == wc)
    5980          54 :                     continue;
    5981             : 
    5982             :                 /*
    5983             :                  * Perform the same duplicate check that is done in
    5984             :                  * transformWindowFuncCall.
    5985             :                  */
    5986         240 :                 if (equal(wc->partitionClause, existing_wc->partitionClause) &&
    5987         120 :                     equal(wc->orderClause, existing_wc->orderClause) &&
    5988         120 :                     wc->frameOptions == existing_wc->frameOptions &&
    5989          72 :                     equal(wc->startOffset, existing_wc->startOffset) &&
    5990          36 :                     equal(wc->endOffset, existing_wc->endOffset))
    5991             :                 {
    5992             :                     ListCell   *lc4;
    5993             : 
    5994             :                     /*
    5995             :                      * Now move each WindowFunc in 'wc' into 'existing_wc'.
    5996             :                      * This required adjusting each WindowFunc's winref and
    5997             :                      * moving the WindowFuncs in 'wc' to the list of
    5998             :                      * WindowFuncs in 'existing_wc'.
    5999             :                      */
    6000          78 :                     foreach(lc4, wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref])
    6001             :                     {
    6002          42 :                         WindowFunc *wfunc = lfirst_node(WindowFunc, lc4);
    6003             : 
    6004          42 :                         wfunc->winref = existing_wc->winref;
    6005             :                     }
    6006             : 
    6007             :                     /* move list items */
    6008          72 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref] = list_concat(wflists->windowFuncs[existing_wc->winref],
    6009          36 :                                                                             wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref]);
    6010          36 :                     wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] = NIL;
    6011             : 
    6012             :                     /*
    6013             :                      * transformWindowFuncCall() should have made sure there
    6014             :                      * are no other duplicates, so we needn't bother looking
    6015             :                      * any further.
    6016             :                      */
    6017          36 :                     break;
    6018             :                 }
    6019             :             }
    6020             :         }
    6021             :     }
    6022        2676 : }
    6023             : 
    6024             : /*
    6025             :  * select_active_windows
    6026             :  *      Create a list of the "active" window clauses (ie, those referenced
    6027             :  *      by non-deleted WindowFuncs) in the order they are to be executed.
    6028             :  */
    6029             : static List *
    6030        2676 : select_active_windows(PlannerInfo *root, WindowFuncLists *wflists)
    6031             : {
    6032        2676 :     List       *windowClause = root->parse->windowClause;
    6033        2676 :     List       *result = NIL;
    6034             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6035        2676 :     int         nActive = 0;
    6036        2676 :     WindowClauseSortData *actives = palloc_array(WindowClauseSortData,
    6037             :                                                  list_length(windowClause));
    6038             : 
    6039             :     /* First, construct an array of the active windows */
    6040        5598 :     foreach(lc, windowClause)
    6041             :     {
    6042        2922 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6043             : 
    6044             :         /* It's only active if wflists shows some related WindowFuncs */
    6045             :         Assert(wc->winref <= wflists->maxWinRef);
    6046        2922 :         if (wflists->windowFuncs[wc->winref] == NIL)
    6047          60 :             continue;
    6048             : 
    6049        2862 :         actives[nActive].wc = wc;   /* original clause */
    6050             : 
    6051             :         /*
    6052             :          * For sorting, we want the list of partition keys followed by the
    6053             :          * list of sort keys. But pathkeys construction will remove duplicates
    6054             :          * between the two, so we can as well (even though we can't detect all
    6055             :          * of the duplicates, since some may come from ECs - that might mean
    6056             :          * we miss optimization chances here). We must, however, ensure that
    6057             :          * the order of entries is preserved with respect to the ones we do
    6058             :          * keep.
    6059             :          *
    6060             :          * partitionClause and orderClause had their own duplicates removed in
    6061             :          * parse analysis, so we're only concerned here with removing
    6062             :          * orderClause entries that also appear in partitionClause.
    6063             :          */
    6064        5724 :         actives[nActive].uniqueOrder =
    6065        2862 :             list_concat_unique(list_copy(wc->partitionClause),
    6066        2862 :                                wc->orderClause);
    6067        2862 :         nActive++;
    6068             :     }
    6069             : 
    6070             :     /*
    6071             :      * Sort active windows by their partitioning/ordering clauses, ignoring
    6072             :      * any framing clauses, so that the windows that need the same sorting are
    6073             :      * adjacent in the list. When we come to generate paths, this will avoid
    6074             :      * inserting additional Sort nodes.
    6075             :      *
    6076             :      * This is how we implement a specific requirement from the SQL standard,
    6077             :      * which says that when two or more windows are order-equivalent (i.e.
    6078             :      * have matching partition and order clauses, even if their names or
    6079             :      * framing clauses differ), then all peer rows must be presented in the
    6080             :      * same order in all of them. If we allowed multiple sort nodes for such
    6081             :      * cases, we'd risk having the peer rows end up in different orders in
    6082             :      * equivalent windows due to sort instability. (See General Rule 4 of
    6083             :      * <window clause> in SQL2008 - SQL2016.)
    6084             :      *
    6085             :      * Additionally, if the entire list of clauses of one window is a prefix
    6086             :      * of another, put first the window with stronger sorting requirements.
    6087             :      * This way we will first sort for stronger window, and won't have to sort
    6088             :      * again for the weaker one.
    6089             :      */
    6090        2676 :     qsort(actives, nActive, sizeof(WindowClauseSortData), common_prefix_cmp);
    6091             : 
    6092             :     /* build ordered list of the original WindowClause nodes */
    6093        5538 :     for (int i = 0; i < nActive; i++)
    6094        2862 :         result = lappend(result, actives[i].wc);
    6095             : 
    6096        2676 :     pfree(actives);
    6097             : 
    6098        2676 :     return result;
    6099             : }
    6100             : 
    6101             : /*
    6102             :  * name_active_windows
    6103             :  *    Ensure all active windows have unique names.
    6104             :  *
    6105             :  * The parser will have checked that user-assigned window names are unique
    6106             :  * within the Query.  Here we assign made-up names to any unnamed
    6107             :  * WindowClauses for the benefit of EXPLAIN.  (We don't want to do this
    6108             :  * at parse time, because it'd mess up decompilation of views.)
    6109             :  *
    6110             :  * activeWindows: result of select_active_windows
    6111             :  */
    6112             : static void
    6113        2676 : name_active_windows(List *activeWindows)
    6114             : {
    6115        2676 :     int         next_n = 1;
    6116             :     char        newname[16];
    6117             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6118             : 
    6119        5538 :     foreach(lc, activeWindows)
    6120             :     {
    6121        2862 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6122             : 
    6123             :         /* Nothing to do if it has a name already. */
    6124        2862 :         if (wc->name)
    6125         576 :             continue;
    6126             : 
    6127             :         /* Select a name not currently present in the list. */
    6128             :         for (;;)
    6129           6 :         {
    6130             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    6131             : 
    6132        2292 :             snprintf(newname, sizeof(newname), "w%d", next_n++);
    6133        4932 :             foreach(lc2, activeWindows)
    6134             :             {
    6135        2646 :                 WindowClause *wc2 = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc2);
    6136             : 
    6137        2646 :                 if (wc2->name && strcmp(wc2->name, newname) == 0)
    6138           6 :                     break;      /* matched */
    6139             :             }
    6140        2292 :             if (lc2 == NULL)
    6141        2286 :                 break;          /* reached the end with no match */
    6142             :         }
    6143        2286 :         wc->name = pstrdup(newname);
    6144             :     }
    6145        2676 : }
    6146             : 
    6147             : /*
    6148             :  * common_prefix_cmp
    6149             :  *    QSort comparison function for WindowClauseSortData
    6150             :  *
    6151             :  * Sort the windows by the required sorting clauses. First, compare the sort
    6152             :  * clauses themselves. Second, if one window's clauses are a prefix of another
    6153             :  * one's clauses, put the window with more sort clauses first.
    6154             :  *
    6155             :  * We purposefully sort by the highest tleSortGroupRef first.  Since
    6156             :  * tleSortGroupRefs are assigned for the query's DISTINCT and ORDER BY first
    6157             :  * and because here we sort the lowest tleSortGroupRefs last, if a
    6158             :  * WindowClause is sharing a tleSortGroupRef with the query's DISTINCT or
    6159             :  * ORDER BY clause, this makes it more likely that the final WindowAgg will
    6160             :  * provide presorted input for the query's DISTINCT or ORDER BY clause, thus
    6161             :  * reducing the total number of sorts required for the query.
    6162             :  */
    6163             : static int
    6164         204 : common_prefix_cmp(const void *a, const void *b)
    6165             : {
    6166         204 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsa = a;
    6167         204 :     const WindowClauseSortData *wcsb = b;
    6168             :     ListCell   *item_a;
    6169             :     ListCell   *item_b;
    6170             : 
    6171         366 :     forboth(item_a, wcsa->uniqueOrder, item_b, wcsb->uniqueOrder)
    6172             :     {
    6173         264 :         SortGroupClause *sca = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_a);
    6174         264 :         SortGroupClause *scb = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, item_b);
    6175             : 
    6176         264 :         if (sca->tleSortGroupRef > scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    6177         102 :             return -1;
    6178         252 :         else if (sca->tleSortGroupRef < scb->tleSortGroupRef)
    6179          66 :             return 1;
    6180         186 :         else if (sca->sortop > scb->sortop)
    6181           0 :             return -1;
    6182         186 :         else if (sca->sortop < scb->sortop)
    6183          24 :             return 1;
    6184         162 :         else if (sca->nulls_first && !scb->nulls_first)
    6185           0 :             return -1;
    6186         162 :         else if (!sca->nulls_first && scb->nulls_first)
    6187           0 :             return 1;
    6188             :         /* no need to compare eqop, since it is fully determined by sortop */
    6189             :     }
    6190             : 
    6191         102 :     if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) > list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    6192           6 :         return -1;
    6193          96 :     else if (list_length(wcsa->uniqueOrder) < list_length(wcsb->uniqueOrder))
    6194          30 :         return 1;
    6195             : 
    6196          66 :     return 0;
    6197             : }
    6198             : 
    6199             : /*
    6200             :  * make_window_input_target
    6201             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to WindowAgg nodes.
    6202             :  *
    6203             :  * When the query has window functions, this function computes the desired
    6204             :  * target to be computed by the node just below the first WindowAgg.
    6205             :  * This tlist must contain all values needed to evaluate the window functions,
    6206             :  * compute the final target list, and perform any required final sort step.
    6207             :  * If multiple WindowAggs are needed, each intermediate one adds its window
    6208             :  * function results onto this base tlist; only the topmost WindowAgg computes
    6209             :  * the actual desired target list.
    6210             :  *
    6211             :  * This function is much like make_group_input_target, though not quite enough
    6212             :  * like it to share code.  As in that function, we flatten most expressions
    6213             :  * into their component variables.  But we do not want to flatten window
    6214             :  * PARTITION BY/ORDER BY clauses, since that might result in multiple
    6215             :  * evaluations of them, which would be bad (possibly even resulting in
    6216             :  * inconsistent answers, if they contain volatile functions).
    6217             :  * Also, we must not flatten GROUP BY clauses that were left unflattened by
    6218             :  * make_group_input_target, because we may no longer have access to the
    6219             :  * individual Vars in them.
    6220             :  *
    6221             :  * Another key difference from make_group_input_target is that we don't
    6222             :  * flatten Aggref expressions, since those are to be computed below the
    6223             :  * window functions and just referenced like Vars above that.
    6224             :  *
    6225             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    6226             :  * 'activeWindows' is the list of active windows previously identified by
    6227             :  *          select_active_windows.
    6228             :  *
    6229             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    6230             :  * below the first WindowAgg node.
    6231             :  */
    6232             : static PathTarget *
    6233        2676 : make_window_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    6234             :                          PathTarget *final_target,
    6235             :                          List *activeWindows)
    6236             : {
    6237             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    6238             :     Bitmapset  *sgrefs;
    6239             :     List       *flattenable_cols;
    6240             :     List       *flattenable_vars;
    6241             :     int         i;
    6242             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6243             : 
    6244             :     Assert(root->parse->hasWindowFuncs);
    6245             : 
    6246             :     /*
    6247             :      * Collect the sortgroupref numbers of window PARTITION/ORDER BY clauses
    6248             :      * into a bitmapset for convenient reference below.
    6249             :      */
    6250        2676 :     sgrefs = NULL;
    6251        5538 :     foreach(lc, activeWindows)
    6252             :     {
    6253        2862 :         WindowClause *wc = lfirst_node(WindowClause, lc);
    6254             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    6255             : 
    6256        3618 :         foreach(lc2, wc->partitionClause)
    6257             :         {
    6258         756 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6259             : 
    6260         756 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6261             :         }
    6262        5134 :         foreach(lc2, wc->orderClause)
    6263             :         {
    6264        2272 :             SortGroupClause *sortcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc2);
    6265             : 
    6266        2272 :             sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, sortcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6267             :         }
    6268             :     }
    6269             : 
    6270             :     /* Add in sortgroupref numbers of GROUP BY clauses, too */
    6271        2868 :     foreach(lc, root->processed_groupClause)
    6272             :     {
    6273         192 :         SortGroupClause *grpcl = lfirst_node(SortGroupClause, lc);
    6274             : 
    6275         192 :         sgrefs = bms_add_member(sgrefs, grpcl->tleSortGroupRef);
    6276             :     }
    6277             : 
    6278             :     /*
    6279             :      * Construct a target containing all the non-flattenable targetlist items,
    6280             :      * and save aside the others for a moment.
    6281             :      */
    6282        2676 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6283        2676 :     flattenable_cols = NIL;
    6284             : 
    6285        2676 :     i = 0;
    6286       11228 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6287             :     {
    6288        8552 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6289        8552 :         Index       sgref = get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i);
    6290             : 
    6291             :         /*
    6292             :          * Don't want to deconstruct window clauses or GROUP BY items.  (Note
    6293             :          * that such items can't contain window functions, so it's okay to
    6294             :          * compute them below the WindowAgg nodes.)
    6295             :          */
    6296        8552 :         if (sgref != 0 && bms_is_member(sgref, sgrefs))
    6297             :         {
    6298             :             /*
    6299             :              * Don't want to deconstruct this value, so add it to the input
    6300             :              * target as-is.
    6301             :              */
    6302        2864 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr, sgref);
    6303             :         }
    6304             :         else
    6305             :         {
    6306             :             /*
    6307             :              * Column is to be flattened, so just remember the expression for
    6308             :              * later call to pull_var_clause.
    6309             :              */
    6310        5688 :             flattenable_cols = lappend(flattenable_cols, expr);
    6311             :         }
    6312             : 
    6313        8552 :         i++;
    6314             :     }
    6315             : 
    6316             :     /*
    6317             :      * Pull out all the Vars and Aggrefs mentioned in flattenable columns, and
    6318             :      * add them to the input target if not already present.  (Some might be
    6319             :      * there already because they're used directly as window/group clauses.)
    6320             :      *
    6321             :      * Note: it's essential to use PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES here, so that any
    6322             :      * Aggrefs are placed in the Agg node's tlist and not left to be computed
    6323             :      * at higher levels.  On the other hand, we should recurse into
    6324             :      * WindowFuncs to make sure their input expressions are available.
    6325             :      */
    6326        2676 :     flattenable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) flattenable_cols,
    6327             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6328             :                                        PVC_RECURSE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6329             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6330        2676 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, flattenable_vars);
    6331             : 
    6332             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6333        2676 :     list_free(flattenable_vars);
    6334        2676 :     list_free(flattenable_cols);
    6335             : 
    6336             :     /* XXX this causes some redundant cost calculation ... */
    6337        2676 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6338             : }
    6339             : 
    6340             : /*
    6341             :  * make_pathkeys_for_window
    6342             :  *      Create a pathkeys list describing the required input ordering
    6343             :  *      for the given WindowClause.
    6344             :  *
    6345             :  * Modifies wc's partitionClause to remove any clauses which are deemed
    6346             :  * redundant by the pathkey logic.
    6347             :  *
    6348             :  * The required ordering is first the PARTITION keys, then the ORDER keys.
    6349             :  * In the future we might try to implement windowing using hashing, in which
    6350             :  * case the ordering could be relaxed, but for now we always sort.
    6351             :  */
    6352             : static List *
    6353        5752 : make_pathkeys_for_window(PlannerInfo *root, WindowClause *wc,
    6354             :                          List *tlist)
    6355             : {
    6356        5752 :     List       *window_pathkeys = NIL;
    6357             : 
    6358             :     /* Throw error if can't sort */
    6359        5752 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->partitionClause))
    6360           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6361             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6362             :                  errmsg("could not implement window PARTITION BY"),
    6363             :                  errdetail("Window partitioning columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6364        5752 :     if (!grouping_is_sortable(wc->orderClause))
    6365           0 :         ereport(ERROR,
    6366             :                 (errcode(ERRCODE_FEATURE_NOT_SUPPORTED),
    6367             :                  errmsg("could not implement window ORDER BY"),
    6368             :                  errdetail("Window ordering columns must be of sortable datatypes.")));
    6369             : 
    6370             :     /*
    6371             :      * First fetch the pathkeys for the PARTITION BY clause.  We can safely
    6372             :      * remove any clauses from the wc->partitionClause for redundant pathkeys.
    6373             :      */
    6374        5752 :     if (wc->partitionClause != NIL)
    6375             :     {
    6376             :         bool        sortable;
    6377             : 
    6378        1320 :         window_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses_extended(root,
    6379             :                                                                  &wc->partitionClause,
    6380             :                                                                  tlist,
    6381             :                                                                  true,
    6382             :                                                                  false,
    6383             :                                                                  &sortable,
    6384             :                                                                  false);
    6385             : 
    6386             :         Assert(sortable);
    6387             :     }
    6388             : 
    6389             :     /*
    6390             :      * In principle, we could also consider removing redundant ORDER BY items
    6391             :      * too as doing so does not alter the result of peer row checks done by
    6392             :      * the executor.  However, we must *not* remove the ordering column for
    6393             :      * RANGE OFFSET cases, as the executor needs that for in_range tests even
    6394             :      * if it's known to be equal to some partitioning column.
    6395             :      */
    6396        5752 :     if (wc->orderClause != NIL)
    6397             :     {
    6398             :         List       *orderby_pathkeys;
    6399             : 
    6400        4450 :         orderby_pathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root,
    6401             :                                                          wc->orderClause,
    6402             :                                                          tlist);
    6403             : 
    6404             :         /* Okay, make the combined pathkeys */
    6405        4450 :         if (window_pathkeys != NIL)
    6406         946 :             window_pathkeys = append_pathkeys(window_pathkeys, orderby_pathkeys);
    6407             :         else
    6408        3504 :             window_pathkeys = orderby_pathkeys;
    6409             :     }
    6410             : 
    6411        5752 :     return window_pathkeys;
    6412             : }
    6413             : 
    6414             : /*
    6415             :  * make_sort_input_target
    6416             :  *    Generate appropriate PathTarget for initial input to Sort step.
    6417             :  *
    6418             :  * If the query has ORDER BY, this function chooses the target to be computed
    6419             :  * by the node just below the Sort (and DISTINCT, if any, since Unique can't
    6420             :  * project) steps.  This might or might not be identical to the query's final
    6421             :  * output target.
    6422             :  *
    6423             :  * The main argument for keeping the sort-input tlist the same as the final
    6424             :  * is that we avoid a separate projection node (which will be needed if
    6425             :  * they're different, because Sort can't project).  However, there are also
    6426             :  * advantages to postponing tlist evaluation till after the Sort: it ensures
    6427             :  * a consistent order of evaluation for any volatile functions in the tlist,
    6428             :  * and if there's also a LIMIT, we can stop the query without ever computing
    6429             :  * tlist functions for later rows, which is beneficial for both volatile and
    6430             :  * expensive functions.
    6431             :  *
    6432             :  * Our current policy is to postpone volatile expressions till after the sort
    6433             :  * unconditionally (assuming that that's possible, ie they are in plain tlist
    6434             :  * columns and not ORDER BY/GROUP BY/DISTINCT columns).  We also prefer to
    6435             :  * postpone set-returning expressions, because running them beforehand would
    6436             :  * bloat the sort dataset, and because it might cause unexpected output order
    6437             :  * if the sort isn't stable.  However there's a constraint on that: all SRFs
    6438             :  * in the tlist should be evaluated at the same plan step, so that they can
    6439             :  * run in sync in nodeProjectSet.  So if any SRFs are in sort columns, we
    6440             :  * mustn't postpone any SRFs.  (Note that in principle that policy should
    6441             :  * probably get applied to the group/window input targetlists too, but we
    6442             :  * have not done that historically.)  Lastly, expensive expressions are
    6443             :  * postponed if there is a LIMIT, or if root->tuple_fraction shows that
    6444             :  * partial evaluation of the query is possible (if neither is true, we expect
    6445             :  * to have to evaluate the expressions for every row anyway), or if there are
    6446             :  * any volatile or set-returning expressions (since once we've put in a
    6447             :  * projection at all, it won't cost any more to postpone more stuff).
    6448             :  *
    6449             :  * Another issue that could potentially be considered here is that
    6450             :  * evaluating tlist expressions could result in data that's either wider
    6451             :  * or narrower than the input Vars, thus changing the volume of data that
    6452             :  * has to go through the Sort.  However, we usually have only a very bad
    6453             :  * idea of the output width of any expression more complex than a Var,
    6454             :  * so for now it seems too risky to try to optimize on that basis.
    6455             :  *
    6456             :  * Note that if we do produce a modified sort-input target, and then the
    6457             :  * query ends up not using an explicit Sort, no particular harm is done:
    6458             :  * we'll initially use the modified target for the preceding path nodes,
    6459             :  * but then change them to the final target with apply_projection_to_path.
    6460             :  * Moreover, in such a case the guarantees about evaluation order of
    6461             :  * volatile functions still hold, since the rows are sorted already.
    6462             :  *
    6463             :  * This function has some things in common with make_group_input_target and
    6464             :  * make_window_input_target, though the detailed rules for what to do are
    6465             :  * different.  We never flatten/postpone any grouping or ordering columns;
    6466             :  * those are needed before the sort.  If we do flatten a particular
    6467             :  * expression, we leave Aggref and WindowFunc nodes alone, since those were
    6468             :  * computed earlier.
    6469             :  *
    6470             :  * 'final_target' is the query's final target list (in PathTarget form)
    6471             :  * 'have_postponed_srfs' is an output argument, see below
    6472             :  *
    6473             :  * The result is the PathTarget to be computed by the plan node immediately
    6474             :  * below the Sort step (and the Distinct step, if any).  This will be
    6475             :  * exactly final_target if we decide a projection step wouldn't be helpful.
    6476             :  *
    6477             :  * In addition, *have_postponed_srfs is set to true if we choose to postpone
    6478             :  * any set-returning functions to after the Sort.
    6479             :  */
    6480             : static PathTarget *
    6481       72164 : make_sort_input_target(PlannerInfo *root,
    6482             :                        PathTarget *final_target,
    6483             :                        bool *have_postponed_srfs)
    6484             : {
    6485       72164 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    6486             :     PathTarget *input_target;
    6487             :     int         ncols;
    6488             :     bool       *col_is_srf;
    6489             :     bool       *postpone_col;
    6490             :     bool        have_srf;
    6491             :     bool        have_volatile;
    6492             :     bool        have_expensive;
    6493             :     bool        have_srf_sortcols;
    6494             :     bool        postpone_srfs;
    6495             :     List       *postponable_cols;
    6496             :     List       *postponable_vars;
    6497             :     int         i;
    6498             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6499             : 
    6500             :     /* Shouldn't get here unless query has ORDER BY */
    6501             :     Assert(parse->sortClause);
    6502             : 
    6503       72164 :     *have_postponed_srfs = false;   /* default result */
    6504             : 
    6505             :     /* Inspect tlist and collect per-column information */
    6506       72164 :     ncols = list_length(final_target->exprs);
    6507       72164 :     col_is_srf = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6508       72164 :     postpone_col = (bool *) palloc0(ncols * sizeof(bool));
    6509       72164 :     have_srf = have_volatile = have_expensive = have_srf_sortcols = false;
    6510             : 
    6511       72164 :     i = 0;
    6512      435628 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6513             :     {
    6514      363464 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6515             : 
    6516             :         /*
    6517             :          * If the column has a sortgroupref, assume it has to be evaluated
    6518             :          * before sorting.  Generally such columns would be ORDER BY, GROUP
    6519             :          * BY, etc targets.  One exception is columns that were removed from
    6520             :          * GROUP BY by remove_useless_groupby_columns() ... but those would
    6521             :          * only be Vars anyway.  There don't seem to be any cases where it
    6522             :          * would be worth the trouble to double-check.
    6523             :          */
    6524      363464 :         if (get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i) == 0)
    6525             :         {
    6526             :             /*
    6527             :              * Check for SRF or volatile functions.  Check the SRF case first
    6528             :              * because we must know whether we have any postponed SRFs.
    6529             :              */
    6530      261976 :             if (parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6531         216 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6532             :             {
    6533             :                 /* We'll decide below whether these are postponable */
    6534          96 :                 col_is_srf[i] = true;
    6535          96 :                 have_srf = true;
    6536             :             }
    6537      261664 :             else if (contain_volatile_functions((Node *) expr))
    6538             :             {
    6539             :                 /* Unconditionally postpone */
    6540         248 :                 postpone_col[i] = true;
    6541         248 :                 have_volatile = true;
    6542             :             }
    6543             :             else
    6544             :             {
    6545             :                 /*
    6546             :                  * Else check the cost.  XXX it's annoying to have to do this
    6547             :                  * when set_pathtarget_cost_width() just did it.  Refactor to
    6548             :                  * allow sharing the work?
    6549             :                  */
    6550             :                 QualCost    cost;
    6551             : 
    6552      261416 :                 cost_qual_eval_node(&cost, (Node *) expr, root);
    6553             : 
    6554             :                 /*
    6555             :                  * We arbitrarily define "expensive" as "more than 10X
    6556             :                  * cpu_operator_cost".  Note this will take in any PL function
    6557             :                  * with default cost.
    6558             :                  */
    6559      261416 :                 if (cost.per_tuple > 10 * cpu_operator_cost)
    6560             :                 {
    6561       16896 :                     postpone_col[i] = true;
    6562       16896 :                     have_expensive = true;
    6563             :                 }
    6564             :             }
    6565             :         }
    6566             :         else
    6567             :         {
    6568             :             /* For sortgroupref cols, just check if any contain SRFs */
    6569      101704 :             if (!have_srf_sortcols &&
    6570      102014 :                 parse->hasTargetSRFs &&
    6571         334 :                 expression_returns_set((Node *) expr))
    6572         148 :                 have_srf_sortcols = true;
    6573             :         }
    6574             : 
    6575      363464 :         i++;
    6576             :     }
    6577             : 
    6578             :     /*
    6579             :      * We can postpone SRFs if we have some but none are in sortgroupref cols.
    6580             :      */
    6581       72164 :     postpone_srfs = (have_srf && !have_srf_sortcols);
    6582             : 
    6583             :     /*
    6584             :      * If we don't need a post-sort projection, just return final_target.
    6585             :      */
    6586       72164 :     if (!(postpone_srfs || have_volatile ||
    6587       71860 :           (have_expensive &&
    6588        9930 :            (parse->limitCount || root->tuple_fraction > 0))))
    6589       71824 :         return final_target;
    6590             : 
    6591             :     /*
    6592             :      * Report whether the post-sort projection will contain set-returning
    6593             :      * functions.  This is important because it affects whether the Sort can
    6594             :      * rely on the query's LIMIT (if any) to bound the number of rows it needs
    6595             :      * to return.
    6596             :      */
    6597         340 :     *have_postponed_srfs = postpone_srfs;
    6598             : 
    6599             :     /*
    6600             :      * Construct the sort-input target, taking all non-postponable columns and
    6601             :      * then adding Vars, PlaceHolderVars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs found in
    6602             :      * the postponable ones.
    6603             :      */
    6604         340 :     input_target = create_empty_pathtarget();
    6605         340 :     postponable_cols = NIL;
    6606             : 
    6607         340 :     i = 0;
    6608        2290 :     foreach(lc, final_target->exprs)
    6609             :     {
    6610        1950 :         Expr       *expr = (Expr *) lfirst(lc);
    6611             : 
    6612        1950 :         if (postpone_col[i] || (postpone_srfs && col_is_srf[i]))
    6613         398 :             postponable_cols = lappend(postponable_cols, expr);
    6614             :         else
    6615        1552 :             add_column_to_pathtarget(input_target, expr,
    6616        1552 :                                      get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(final_target, i));
    6617             : 
    6618        1950 :         i++;
    6619             :     }
    6620             : 
    6621             :     /*
    6622             :      * Pull out all the Vars, Aggrefs, and WindowFuncs mentioned in
    6623             :      * postponable columns, and add them to the sort-input target if not
    6624             :      * already present.  (Some might be there already.)  We mustn't
    6625             :      * deconstruct Aggrefs or WindowFuncs here, since the projection node
    6626             :      * would be unable to recompute them.
    6627             :      */
    6628         340 :     postponable_vars = pull_var_clause((Node *) postponable_cols,
    6629             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_AGGREGATES |
    6630             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_WINDOWFUNCS |
    6631             :                                        PVC_INCLUDE_PLACEHOLDERS);
    6632         340 :     add_new_columns_to_pathtarget(input_target, postponable_vars);
    6633             : 
    6634             :     /* clean up cruft */
    6635         340 :     list_free(postponable_vars);
    6636         340 :     list_free(postponable_cols);
    6637             : 
    6638             :     /* XXX this represents even more redundant cost calculation ... */
    6639         340 :     return set_pathtarget_cost_width(root, input_target);
    6640             : }
    6641             : 
    6642             : /*
    6643             :  * get_cheapest_fractional_path
    6644             :  *    Find the cheapest path for retrieving a specified fraction of all
    6645             :  *    the tuples expected to be returned by the given relation.
    6646             :  *
    6647             :  * Do not consider parameterized paths.  If the caller needs a path for upper
    6648             :  * rel, it can't have parameterized paths.  If the caller needs an append
    6649             :  * subpath, it could become limited by the treatment of similar
    6650             :  * parameterization of all the subpaths.
    6651             :  *
    6652             :  * We interpret tuple_fraction the same way as grouping_planner.
    6653             :  *
    6654             :  * We assume set_cheapest() has been run on the given rel.
    6655             :  */
    6656             : Path *
    6657      504380 : get_cheapest_fractional_path(RelOptInfo *rel, double tuple_fraction)
    6658             : {
    6659      504380 :     Path       *best_path = rel->cheapest_total_path;
    6660             :     ListCell   *l;
    6661             : 
    6662             :     /* If all tuples will be retrieved, just return the cheapest-total path */
    6663      504380 :     if (tuple_fraction <= 0.0)
    6664      494796 :         return best_path;
    6665             : 
    6666             :     /* Convert absolute # of tuples to a fraction; no need to clamp to 0..1 */
    6667        9584 :     if (tuple_fraction >= 1.0 && best_path->rows > 0)
    6668        3986 :         tuple_fraction /= best_path->rows;
    6669             : 
    6670       24970 :     foreach(l, rel->pathlist)
    6671             :     {
    6672       15386 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(l);
    6673             : 
    6674       15386 :         if (path->param_info)
    6675         200 :             continue;
    6676             : 
    6677       20788 :         if (path == rel->cheapest_total_path ||
    6678        5602 :             compare_fractional_path_costs(best_path, path, tuple_fraction) <= 0)
    6679       14662 :             continue;
    6680             : 
    6681         524 :         best_path = path;
    6682             :     }
    6683             : 
    6684        9584 :     return best_path;
    6685             : }
    6686             : 
    6687             : /*
    6688             :  * adjust_paths_for_srfs
    6689             :  *      Fix up the Paths of the given upperrel to handle tSRFs properly.
    6690             :  *
    6691             :  * The executor can only handle set-returning functions that appear at the
    6692             :  * top level of the targetlist of a ProjectSet plan node.  If we have any SRFs
    6693             :  * that are not at top level, we need to split up the evaluation into multiple
    6694             :  * plan levels in which each level satisfies this constraint.  This function
    6695             :  * modifies each Path of an upperrel that (might) compute any SRFs in its
    6696             :  * output tlist to insert appropriate projection steps.
    6697             :  *
    6698             :  * The given targets and targets_contain_srfs lists are from
    6699             :  * split_pathtarget_at_srfs().  We assume the existing Paths emit the first
    6700             :  * target in targets.
    6701             :  */
    6702             : static void
    6703       12792 : adjust_paths_for_srfs(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel,
    6704             :                       List *targets, List *targets_contain_srfs)
    6705             : {
    6706             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6707             : 
    6708             :     Assert(list_length(targets) == list_length(targets_contain_srfs));
    6709             :     Assert(!linitial_int(targets_contain_srfs));
    6710             : 
    6711             :     /* If no SRFs appear at this plan level, nothing to do */
    6712       12792 :     if (list_length(targets) == 1)
    6713         708 :         return;
    6714             : 
    6715             :     /*
    6716             :      * Stack SRF-evaluation nodes atop each path for the rel.
    6717             :      *
    6718             :      * In principle we should re-run set_cheapest() here to identify the
    6719             :      * cheapest path, but it seems unlikely that adding the same tlist eval
    6720             :      * costs to all the paths would change that, so we don't bother. Instead,
    6721             :      * just assume that the cheapest-startup and cheapest-total paths remain
    6722             :      * so.  (There should be no parameterized paths anymore, so we needn't
    6723             :      * worry about updating cheapest_parameterized_paths.)
    6724             :      */
    6725       24206 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    6726             :     {
    6727       12122 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6728       12122 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6729             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6730             :                    *lc2;
    6731             : 
    6732             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6733       37564 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6734             :         {
    6735       25442 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6736       25442 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6737             : 
    6738             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6739       25442 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6740       12182 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6741             :                                                               rel,
    6742             :                                                               newpath,
    6743             :                                                               thistarget);
    6744             :             else
    6745       13260 :                 newpath = (Path *) apply_projection_to_path(root,
    6746             :                                                             rel,
    6747             :                                                             newpath,
    6748             :                                                             thistarget);
    6749             :         }
    6750       12122 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6751       12122 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_startup_path)
    6752         404 :             rel->cheapest_startup_path = newpath;
    6753       12122 :         if (subpath == rel->cheapest_total_path)
    6754         404 :             rel->cheapest_total_path = newpath;
    6755             :     }
    6756             : 
    6757             :     /* Likewise for partial paths, if any */
    6758       12102 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    6759             :     {
    6760          18 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    6761          18 :         Path       *newpath = subpath;
    6762             :         ListCell   *lc1,
    6763             :                    *lc2;
    6764             : 
    6765             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    6766          72 :         forboth(lc1, targets, lc2, targets_contain_srfs)
    6767             :         {
    6768          54 :             PathTarget *thistarget = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc1);
    6769          54 :             bool        contains_srfs = (bool) lfirst_int(lc2);
    6770             : 
    6771             :             /* If this level doesn't contain SRFs, do regular projection */
    6772          54 :             if (contains_srfs)
    6773          18 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_set_projection_path(root,
    6774             :                                                               rel,
    6775             :                                                               newpath,
    6776             :                                                               thistarget);
    6777             :             else
    6778             :             {
    6779             :                 /* avoid apply_projection_to_path, in case of multiple refs */
    6780          36 :                 newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    6781             :                                                           rel,
    6782             :                                                           newpath,
    6783             :                                                           thistarget);
    6784             :             }
    6785             :         }
    6786          18 :         lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    6787             :     }
    6788             : }
    6789             : 
    6790             : /*
    6791             :  * expression_planner
    6792             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression.
    6793             :  *
    6794             :  * Various utility commands need to evaluate expressions that are not part
    6795             :  * of a plannable query.  They can do so using the executor's regular
    6796             :  * expression-execution machinery, but first the expression has to be fed
    6797             :  * through here to transform it from parser output to something executable.
    6798             :  *
    6799             :  * Currently, we disallow sublinks in standalone expressions, so there's no
    6800             :  * real "planning" involved here.  (That might not always be true though.)
    6801             :  * What we must do is run eval_const_expressions to ensure that any function
    6802             :  * calls are converted to positional notation and function default arguments
    6803             :  * get inserted.  The fact that constant subexpressions get simplified is a
    6804             :  * side-effect that is useful when the expression will get evaluated more than
    6805             :  * once.  Also, we must fix operator function IDs.
    6806             :  *
    6807             :  * This does not return any information about dependencies of the expression.
    6808             :  * Hence callers should use the results only for the duration of the current
    6809             :  * query.  Callers that would like to cache the results for longer should use
    6810             :  * expression_planner_with_deps, probably via the plancache.
    6811             :  *
    6812             :  * Note: this must not make any damaging changes to the passed-in expression
    6813             :  * tree.  (It would actually be okay to apply fix_opfuncids to it, but since
    6814             :  * we first do an expression_tree_mutator-based walk, what is returned will
    6815             :  * be a new node tree.)  The result is constructed in the current memory
    6816             :  * context; beware that this can leak a lot of additional stuff there, too.
    6817             :  */
    6818             : Expr *
    6819      246286 : expression_planner(Expr *expr)
    6820             : {
    6821             :     Node       *result;
    6822             : 
    6823             :     /*
    6824             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6825             :      * simplify constant subexprs
    6826             :      */
    6827      246286 :     result = eval_const_expressions(NULL, (Node *) expr);
    6828             : 
    6829             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6830      246268 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6831             : 
    6832      246268 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6833             : }
    6834             : 
    6835             : /*
    6836             :  * expression_planner_with_deps
    6837             :  *      Perform planner's transformations on a standalone expression,
    6838             :  *      returning expression dependency information along with the result.
    6839             :  *
    6840             :  * This is identical to expression_planner() except that it also returns
    6841             :  * information about possible dependencies of the expression, ie identities of
    6842             :  * objects whose definitions affect the result.  As in a PlannedStmt, these
    6843             :  * are expressed as a list of relation Oids and a list of PlanInvalItems.
    6844             :  */
    6845             : Expr *
    6846         368 : expression_planner_with_deps(Expr *expr,
    6847             :                              List **relationOids,
    6848             :                              List **invalItems)
    6849             : {
    6850             :     Node       *result;
    6851             :     PlannerGlobal glob;
    6852             :     PlannerInfo root;
    6853             : 
    6854             :     /* Make up dummy planner state so we can use setrefs machinery */
    6855       10672 :     MemSet(&glob, 0, sizeof(glob));
    6856         368 :     glob.type = T_PlannerGlobal;
    6857         368 :     glob.relationOids = NIL;
    6858         368 :     glob.invalItems = NIL;
    6859             : 
    6860       34224 :     MemSet(&root, 0, sizeof(root));
    6861         368 :     root.type = T_PlannerInfo;
    6862         368 :     root.glob = &glob;
    6863             : 
    6864             :     /*
    6865             :      * Convert named-argument function calls, insert default arguments and
    6866             :      * simplify constant subexprs.  Collect identities of inlined functions
    6867             :      * and elided domains, too.
    6868             :      */
    6869         368 :     result = eval_const_expressions(&root, (Node *) expr);
    6870             : 
    6871             :     /* Fill in opfuncid values if missing */
    6872         368 :     fix_opfuncids(result);
    6873             : 
    6874             :     /*
    6875             :      * Now walk the finished expression to find anything else we ought to
    6876             :      * record as an expression dependency.
    6877             :      */
    6878         368 :     (void) extract_query_dependencies_walker(result, &root);
    6879             : 
    6880         368 :     *relationOids = glob.relationOids;
    6881         368 :     *invalItems = glob.invalItems;
    6882             : 
    6883         368 :     return (Expr *) result;
    6884             : }
    6885             : 
    6886             : 
    6887             : /*
    6888             :  * plan_cluster_use_sort
    6889             :  *      Use the planner to decide how CLUSTER should implement sorting
    6890             :  *
    6891             :  * tableOid is the OID of a table to be clustered on its index indexOid
    6892             :  * (which is already known to be a btree index).  Decide whether it's
    6893             :  * cheaper to do an indexscan or a seqscan-plus-sort to execute the CLUSTER.
    6894             :  * Return true to use sorting, false to use an indexscan.
    6895             :  *
    6896             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table.
    6897             :  */
    6898             : bool
    6899         192 : plan_cluster_use_sort(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    6900             : {
    6901             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    6902             :     Query      *query;
    6903             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    6904             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    6905             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    6906             :     IndexOptInfo *indexInfo;
    6907             :     QualCost    indexExprCost;
    6908             :     Cost        comparisonCost;
    6909             :     Path       *seqScanPath;
    6910             :     Path        seqScanAndSortPath;
    6911             :     IndexPath  *indexScanPath;
    6912             :     ListCell   *lc;
    6913             : 
    6914             :     /* We can short-circuit the cost comparison if indexscans are disabled */
    6915         192 :     if (!enable_indexscan)
    6916          30 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6917             : 
    6918             :     /* Set up mostly-dummy planner state */
    6919         162 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    6920         162 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    6921             : 
    6922         162 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    6923             : 
    6924         162 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    6925         162 :     root->parse = query;
    6926         162 :     root->glob = glob;
    6927         162 :     root->query_level = 1;
    6928         162 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    6929         162 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    6930         162 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    6931             : 
    6932             :     /* Build a minimal RTE for the rel */
    6933         162 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    6934         162 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    6935         162 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    6936         162 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    6937         162 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    6938         162 :     rte->lateral = false;
    6939         162 :     rte->inh = false;
    6940         162 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    6941         162 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    6942         162 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    6943             : 
    6944             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    6945         162 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    6946             : 
    6947             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    6948         162 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    6949             : 
    6950             :     /* Locate IndexOptInfo for the target index */
    6951         162 :     indexInfo = NULL;
    6952         200 :     foreach(lc, rel->indexlist)
    6953             :     {
    6954         200 :         indexInfo = lfirst_node(IndexOptInfo, lc);
    6955         200 :         if (indexInfo->indexoid == indexOid)
    6956         162 :             break;
    6957             :     }
    6958             : 
    6959             :     /*
    6960             :      * It's possible that get_relation_info did not generate an IndexOptInfo
    6961             :      * for the desired index; this could happen if it's not yet reached its
    6962             :      * indcheckxmin usability horizon, or if it's a system index and we're
    6963             :      * ignoring system indexes.  In such cases we should tell CLUSTER to not
    6964             :      * trust the index contents but use seqscan-and-sort.
    6965             :      */
    6966         162 :     if (lc == NULL)             /* not in the list? */
    6967           0 :         return true;            /* use sort */
    6968             : 
    6969             :     /*
    6970             :      * Rather than doing all the pushups that would be needed to use
    6971             :      * set_baserel_size_estimates, just do a quick hack for rows and width.
    6972             :      */
    6973         162 :     rel->rows = rel->tuples;
    6974         162 :     rel->reltarget->width = get_relation_data_width(tableOid, NULL);
    6975             : 
    6976         162 :     root->total_table_pages = rel->pages;
    6977             : 
    6978             :     /*
    6979             :      * Determine eval cost of the index expressions, if any.  We need to
    6980             :      * charge twice that amount for each tuple comparison that happens during
    6981             :      * the sort, since tuplesort.c will have to re-evaluate the index
    6982             :      * expressions each time.  (XXX that's pretty inefficient...)
    6983             :      */
    6984         162 :     cost_qual_eval(&indexExprCost, indexInfo->indexprs, root);
    6985         162 :     comparisonCost = 2.0 * (indexExprCost.startup + indexExprCost.per_tuple);
    6986             : 
    6987             :     /* Estimate the cost of seq scan + sort */
    6988         162 :     seqScanPath = create_seqscan_path(root, rel, NULL, 0);
    6989         162 :     cost_sort(&seqScanAndSortPath, root, NIL,
    6990             :               seqScanPath->disabled_nodes,
    6991         162 :               seqScanPath->total_cost, rel->tuples, rel->reltarget->width,
    6992             :               comparisonCost, maintenance_work_mem, -1.0);
    6993             : 
    6994             :     /* Estimate the cost of index scan */
    6995         162 :     indexScanPath = create_index_path(root, indexInfo,
    6996             :                                       NIL, NIL, NIL, NIL,
    6997             :                                       ForwardScanDirection, false,
    6998             :                                       NULL, 1.0, false);
    6999             : 
    7000         162 :     return (seqScanAndSortPath.total_cost < indexScanPath->path.total_cost);
    7001             : }
    7002             : 
    7003             : /*
    7004             :  * plan_create_index_workers
    7005             :  *      Use the planner to decide how many parallel worker processes
    7006             :  *      CREATE INDEX should request for use
    7007             :  *
    7008             :  * tableOid is the table on which the index is to be built.  indexOid is the
    7009             :  * OID of an index to be created or reindexed (which must be an index with
    7010             :  * support for parallel builds - currently btree, GIN, or BRIN).
    7011             :  *
    7012             :  * Return value is the number of parallel worker processes to request.  It
    7013             :  * may be unsafe to proceed if this is 0.  Note that this does not include the
    7014             :  * leader participating as a worker (value is always a number of parallel
    7015             :  * worker processes).
    7016             :  *
    7017             :  * Note: caller had better already hold some type of lock on the table and
    7018             :  * index.
    7019             :  */
    7020             : int
    7021       36638 : plan_create_index_workers(Oid tableOid, Oid indexOid)
    7022             : {
    7023             :     PlannerInfo *root;
    7024             :     Query      *query;
    7025             :     PlannerGlobal *glob;
    7026             :     RangeTblEntry *rte;
    7027             :     Relation    heap;
    7028             :     Relation    index;
    7029             :     RelOptInfo *rel;
    7030             :     int         parallel_workers;
    7031             :     BlockNumber heap_blocks;
    7032             :     double      reltuples;
    7033             :     double      allvisfrac;
    7034             : 
    7035             :     /*
    7036             :      * We don't allow performing parallel operation in standalone backend or
    7037             :      * when parallelism is disabled.
    7038             :      */
    7039       36638 :     if (!IsUnderPostmaster || max_parallel_maintenance_workers == 0)
    7040         514 :         return 0;
    7041             : 
    7042             :     /* Set up largely-dummy planner state */
    7043       36124 :     query = makeNode(Query);
    7044       36124 :     query->commandType = CMD_SELECT;
    7045             : 
    7046       36124 :     glob = makeNode(PlannerGlobal);
    7047             : 
    7048       36124 :     root = makeNode(PlannerInfo);
    7049       36124 :     root->parse = query;
    7050       36124 :     root->glob = glob;
    7051       36124 :     root->query_level = 1;
    7052       36124 :     root->planner_cxt = CurrentMemoryContext;
    7053       36124 :     root->wt_param_id = -1;
    7054       36124 :     root->join_domains = list_make1(makeNode(JoinDomain));
    7055             : 
    7056             :     /*
    7057             :      * Build a minimal RTE.
    7058             :      *
    7059             :      * Mark the RTE with inh = true.  This is a kludge to prevent
    7060             :      * get_relation_info() from fetching index info, which is necessary
    7061             :      * because it does not expect that any IndexOptInfo is currently
    7062             :      * undergoing REINDEX.
    7063             :      */
    7064       36124 :     rte = makeNode(RangeTblEntry);
    7065       36124 :     rte->rtekind = RTE_RELATION;
    7066       36124 :     rte->relid = tableOid;
    7067       36124 :     rte->relkind = RELKIND_RELATION; /* Don't be too picky. */
    7068       36124 :     rte->rellockmode = AccessShareLock;
    7069       36124 :     rte->lateral = false;
    7070       36124 :     rte->inh = true;
    7071       36124 :     rte->inFromCl = true;
    7072       36124 :     query->rtable = list_make1(rte);
    7073       36124 :     addRTEPermissionInfo(&query->rteperminfos, rte);
    7074             : 
    7075             :     /* Set up RTE/RelOptInfo arrays */
    7076       36124 :     setup_simple_rel_arrays(root);
    7077             : 
    7078             :     /* Build RelOptInfo */
    7079       36124 :     rel = build_simple_rel(root, 1, NULL);
    7080             : 
    7081             :     /* Rels are assumed already locked by the caller */
    7082       36124 :     heap = table_open(tableOid, NoLock);
    7083       36124 :     index = index_open(indexOid, NoLock);
    7084             : 
    7085             :     /*
    7086             :      * Determine if it's safe to proceed.
    7087             :      *
    7088             :      * Currently, parallel workers can't access the leader's temporary tables.
    7089             :      * Furthermore, any index predicate or index expressions must be parallel
    7090             :      * safe.
    7091             :      */
    7092       36124 :     if (heap->rd_rel->relpersistence == RELPERSISTENCE_TEMP ||
    7093       34044 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexExpressions(index)) ||
    7094       33904 :         !is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) RelationGetIndexPredicate(index)))
    7095             :     {
    7096        2220 :         parallel_workers = 0;
    7097        2220 :         goto done;
    7098             :     }
    7099             : 
    7100             :     /*
    7101             :      * If parallel_workers storage parameter is set for the table, accept that
    7102             :      * as the number of parallel worker processes to launch (though still cap
    7103             :      * at max_parallel_maintenance_workers).  Note that we deliberately do not
    7104             :      * consider any other factor when parallel_workers is set. (e.g., memory
    7105             :      * use by workers.)
    7106             :      */
    7107       33904 :     if (rel->rel_parallel_workers != -1)
    7108             :     {
    7109         100 :         parallel_workers = Min(rel->rel_parallel_workers,
    7110             :                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    7111         100 :         goto done;
    7112             :     }
    7113             : 
    7114             :     /*
    7115             :      * Estimate heap relation size ourselves, since rel->pages cannot be
    7116             :      * trusted (heap RTE was marked as inheritance parent)
    7117             :      */
    7118       33804 :     estimate_rel_size(heap, NULL, &heap_blocks, &reltuples, &allvisfrac);
    7119             : 
    7120             :     /*
    7121             :      * Determine number of workers to scan the heap relation using generic
    7122             :      * model
    7123             :      */
    7124       33804 :     parallel_workers = compute_parallel_worker(rel, heap_blocks, -1,
    7125             :                                                max_parallel_maintenance_workers);
    7126             : 
    7127             :     /*
    7128             :      * Cap workers based on available maintenance_work_mem as needed.
    7129             :      *
    7130             :      * Note that each tuplesort participant receives an even share of the
    7131             :      * total maintenance_work_mem budget.  Aim to leave participants
    7132             :      * (including the leader as a participant) with no less than 32MB of
    7133             :      * memory.  This leaves cases where maintenance_work_mem is set to 64MB
    7134             :      * immediately past the threshold of being capable of launching a single
    7135             :      * parallel worker to sort.
    7136             :      */
    7137       33966 :     while (parallel_workers > 0 &&
    7138         326 :            maintenance_work_mem / (parallel_workers + 1) < 32 * 1024)
    7139         162 :         parallel_workers--;
    7140             : 
    7141       33804 : done:
    7142       36124 :     index_close(index, NoLock);
    7143       36124 :     table_close(heap, NoLock);
    7144             : 
    7145       36124 :     return parallel_workers;
    7146             : }
    7147             : 
    7148             : /*
    7149             :  * add_paths_to_grouping_rel
    7150             :  *
    7151             :  * Add non-partial paths to grouping relation.
    7152             :  */
    7153             : static void
    7154       47246 : add_paths_to_grouping_rel(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7155             :                           RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7156             :                           RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    7157             :                           const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    7158             :                           grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7159             :                           GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    7160             : {
    7161       47246 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7162       47246 :     Path       *cheapest_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7163       47246 :     Path       *cheapest_partially_grouped_path = NULL;
    7164             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7165       47246 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    7166       47246 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    7167       47246 :     List       *havingQual = (List *) extra->havingQual;
    7168       47246 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    7169       47246 :     double      dNumGroups = 0;
    7170       47246 :     double      dNumFinalGroups = 0;
    7171             : 
    7172             :     /*
    7173             :      * Estimate number of groups for non-split aggregation.
    7174             :      */
    7175       47246 :     dNumGroups = get_number_of_groups(root,
    7176             :                                       cheapest_path->rows,
    7177             :                                       gd,
    7178             :                                       extra->targetList);
    7179             : 
    7180       47246 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7181             :     {
    7182        3000 :         cheapest_partially_grouped_path =
    7183             :             partially_grouped_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7184             : 
    7185             :         /*
    7186             :          * Estimate number of groups for final phase of partial aggregation.
    7187             :          */
    7188             :         dNumFinalGroups =
    7189        3000 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7190             :                                  cheapest_partially_grouped_path->rows,
    7191             :                                  gd,
    7192             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7193             :     }
    7194             : 
    7195       47246 :     if (can_sort)
    7196             :     {
    7197             :         /*
    7198             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    7199             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    7200             :          * with presorted keys.
    7201             :          */
    7202       97910 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    7203             :         {
    7204             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7205       50670 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7206       50670 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7207       50670 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7208             : 
    7209             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7210       50670 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7211             : 
    7212             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7213             : 
    7214      101484 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7215             :             {
    7216       50814 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7217             : 
    7218             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7219       50814 :                 path = path_save;
    7220             : 
    7221       50814 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7222             :                                          grouped_rel,
    7223             :                                          path,
    7224             :                                          cheapest_path,
    7225             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7226             :                                          -1.0);
    7227       50814 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7228         386 :                     continue;
    7229             : 
    7230             :                 /* Now decide what to stick atop it */
    7231       50428 :                 if (parse->groupingSets)
    7232             :                 {
    7233        1062 :                     consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    7234             :                                                 path, true, can_hash,
    7235             :                                                 gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    7236             :                 }
    7237       49366 :                 else if (parse->hasAggs)
    7238             :                 {
    7239             :                     /*
    7240             :                      * We have aggregation, possibly with plain GROUP BY. Make
    7241             :                      * an AggPath.
    7242             :                      */
    7243       48582 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7244       48582 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    7245             :                                              grouped_rel,
    7246             :                                              path,
    7247       48582 :                                              grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7248       48582 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7249             :                                              AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    7250             :                                              info->clauses,
    7251             :                                              havingQual,
    7252             :                                              agg_costs,
    7253             :                                              dNumGroups));
    7254             :                 }
    7255         784 :                 else if (parse->groupClause)
    7256             :                 {
    7257             :                     /*
    7258             :                      * We have GROUP BY without aggregation or grouping sets.
    7259             :                      * Make a GroupPath.
    7260             :                      */
    7261         784 :                     add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7262         784 :                              create_group_path(root,
    7263             :                                                grouped_rel,
    7264             :                                                path,
    7265             :                                                info->clauses,
    7266             :                                                havingQual,
    7267             :                                                dNumGroups));
    7268             :                 }
    7269             :                 else
    7270             :                 {
    7271             :                     /* Other cases should have been handled above */
    7272             :                     Assert(false);
    7273             :                 }
    7274             :             }
    7275             :         }
    7276             : 
    7277             :         /*
    7278             :          * Instead of operating directly on the input relation, we can
    7279             :          * consider finalizing a partially aggregated path.
    7280             :          */
    7281       47240 :         if (partially_grouped_rel != NULL)
    7282             :         {
    7283        7682 :             foreach(lc, partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7284             :             {
    7285             :                 ListCell   *lc2;
    7286        4682 :                 Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7287        4682 :                 Path       *path_save = path;
    7288        4682 :                 List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7289             : 
    7290             :                 /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7291        4682 :                 pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7292             : 
    7293             :                 Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7294             : 
    7295             :                 /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7296        9364 :                 foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7297             :                 {
    7298        4682 :                     GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7299             : 
    7300             :                     /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7301        4682 :                     path = path_save;
    7302             : 
    7303        4682 :                     path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7304             :                                              grouped_rel,
    7305             :                                              path,
    7306             :                                              cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
    7307             :                                              info->pathkeys,
    7308             :                                              -1.0);
    7309             : 
    7310        4682 :                     if (path == NULL)
    7311         204 :                         continue;
    7312             : 
    7313        4478 :                     if (parse->hasAggs)
    7314        4230 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7315        4230 :                                  create_agg_path(root,
    7316             :                                                  grouped_rel,
    7317             :                                                  path,
    7318        4230 :                                                  grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7319        4230 :                                                  parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7320             :                                                  AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7321             :                                                  info->clauses,
    7322             :                                                  havingQual,
    7323             :                                                  agg_final_costs,
    7324             :                                                  dNumFinalGroups));
    7325             :                     else
    7326         248 :                         add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7327         248 :                                  create_group_path(root,
    7328             :                                                    grouped_rel,
    7329             :                                                    path,
    7330             :                                                    info->clauses,
    7331             :                                                    havingQual,
    7332             :                                                    dNumFinalGroups));
    7333             : 
    7334             :                 }
    7335             :             }
    7336             :         }
    7337             :     }
    7338             : 
    7339       47246 :     if (can_hash)
    7340             :     {
    7341        6016 :         if (parse->groupingSets)
    7342             :         {
    7343             :             /*
    7344             :              * Try for a hash-only groupingsets path over unsorted input.
    7345             :              */
    7346         900 :             consider_groupingsets_paths(root, grouped_rel,
    7347             :                                         cheapest_path, false, true,
    7348             :                                         gd, agg_costs, dNumGroups);
    7349             :         }
    7350             :         else
    7351             :         {
    7352             :             /*
    7353             :              * Generate a HashAgg Path.  We just need an Agg over the
    7354             :              * cheapest-total input path, since input order won't matter.
    7355             :              */
    7356        5116 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7357        5116 :                      create_agg_path(root, grouped_rel,
    7358             :                                      cheapest_path,
    7359        5116 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7360             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7361             :                                      AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    7362             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7363             :                                      havingQual,
    7364             :                                      agg_costs,
    7365             :                                      dNumGroups));
    7366             :         }
    7367             : 
    7368             :         /*
    7369             :          * Generate a Finalize HashAgg Path atop of the cheapest partially
    7370             :          * grouped path, assuming there is one
    7371             :          */
    7372        6016 :         if (partially_grouped_rel && partially_grouped_rel->pathlist)
    7373             :         {
    7374        1448 :             add_path(grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7375        1448 :                      create_agg_path(root,
    7376             :                                      grouped_rel,
    7377             :                                      cheapest_partially_grouped_path,
    7378        1448 :                                      grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7379             :                                      AGG_HASHED,
    7380             :                                      AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7381             :                                      root->processed_groupClause,
    7382             :                                      havingQual,
    7383             :                                      agg_final_costs,
    7384             :                                      dNumFinalGroups));
    7385             :         }
    7386             :     }
    7387             : 
    7388             :     /*
    7389             :      * When partitionwise aggregate is used, we might have fully aggregated
    7390             :      * paths in the partial pathlist, because add_paths_to_append_rel() will
    7391             :      * consider a path for grouped_rel consisting of a Parallel Append of
    7392             :      * non-partial paths from each child.
    7393             :      */
    7394       47246 :     if (grouped_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7395         318 :         gather_grouping_paths(root, grouped_rel);
    7396       47246 : }
    7397             : 
    7398             : /*
    7399             :  * create_partial_grouping_paths
    7400             :  *
    7401             :  * Create a new upper relation representing the result of partial aggregation
    7402             :  * and populate it with appropriate paths.  Note that we don't finalize the
    7403             :  * lists of paths here, so the caller can add additional partial or non-partial
    7404             :  * paths and must afterward call gather_grouping_paths and set_cheapest on
    7405             :  * the returned upper relation.
    7406             :  *
    7407             :  * All paths for this new upper relation -- both partial and non-partial --
    7408             :  * have been partially aggregated but require a subsequent FinalizeAggregate
    7409             :  * step.
    7410             :  *
    7411             :  * NB: This function is allowed to return NULL if it determines that there is
    7412             :  * no real need to create a new RelOptInfo.
    7413             :  */
    7414             : static RelOptInfo *
    7415       43134 : create_partial_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7416             :                               RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    7417             :                               RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    7418             :                               grouping_sets_data *gd,
    7419             :                               GroupPathExtraData *extra,
    7420             :                               bool force_rel_creation)
    7421             : {
    7422       43134 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7423             :     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel;
    7424       43134 :     RelOptInfo *eager_agg_rel = NULL;
    7425       43134 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_partial_costs = &extra->agg_partial_costs;
    7426       43134 :     AggClauseCosts *agg_final_costs = &extra->agg_final_costs;
    7427       43134 :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path = NULL;
    7428       43134 :     Path       *cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    7429       43134 :     double      dNumPartialGroups = 0;
    7430       43134 :     double      dNumPartialPartialGroups = 0;
    7431             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7432       43134 :     bool        can_hash = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH) != 0;
    7433       43134 :     bool        can_sort = (extra->flags & GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT) != 0;
    7434             : 
    7435             :     /*
    7436             :      * Check whether any partially aggregated paths have been generated
    7437             :      * through eager aggregation.
    7438             :      */
    7439       43134 :     if (input_rel->grouped_rel &&
    7440         958 :         !IS_DUMMY_REL(input_rel->grouped_rel) &&
    7441         958 :         input_rel->grouped_rel->pathlist != NIL)
    7442         898 :         eager_agg_rel = input_rel->grouped_rel;
    7443             : 
    7444             :     /*
    7445             :      * Consider whether we should generate partially aggregated non-partial
    7446             :      * paths.  We can only do this if we have a non-partial path, and only if
    7447             :      * the parent of the input rel is performing partial partitionwise
    7448             :      * aggregation.  (Note that extra->patype is the type of partitionwise
    7449             :      * aggregation being used at the parent level, not this level.)
    7450             :      */
    7451       43134 :     if (input_rel->pathlist != NIL &&
    7452       43134 :         extra->patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL)
    7453         858 :         cheapest_total_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    7454             : 
    7455             :     /*
    7456             :      * If parallelism is possible for grouped_rel, then we should consider
    7457             :      * generating partially-grouped partial paths.  However, if the input rel
    7458             :      * has no partial paths, then we can't.
    7459             :      */
    7460       43134 :     if (grouped_rel->consider_parallel && input_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    7461        3276 :         cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    7462             : 
    7463             :     /*
    7464             :      * If we can't partially aggregate partial paths, and we can't partially
    7465             :      * aggregate non-partial paths, and no partially aggregated paths were
    7466             :      * generated by eager aggregation, then don't bother creating the new
    7467             :      * RelOptInfo at all, unless the caller specified force_rel_creation.
    7468             :      */
    7469       43134 :     if (cheapest_total_path == NULL &&
    7470       39504 :         cheapest_partial_path == NULL &&
    7471       39374 :         eager_agg_rel == NULL &&
    7472       39374 :         !force_rel_creation)
    7473       39276 :         return NULL;
    7474             : 
    7475             :     /*
    7476             :      * Build a new upper relation to represent the result of partially
    7477             :      * aggregating the rows from the input relation.
    7478             :      */
    7479        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel = fetch_upper_rel(root,
    7480             :                                             UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7481             :                                             grouped_rel->relids);
    7482        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel =
    7483        3858 :         grouped_rel->consider_parallel;
    7484        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->pgs_mask = grouped_rel->pgs_mask;
    7485        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->reloptkind = grouped_rel->reloptkind;
    7486        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->serverid = grouped_rel->serverid;
    7487        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->userid = grouped_rel->userid;
    7488        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->useridiscurrent = grouped_rel->useridiscurrent;
    7489        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine = grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7490             : 
    7491             :     /*
    7492             :      * Build target list for partial aggregate paths.  These paths cannot just
    7493             :      * emit the same tlist as regular aggregate paths, because (1) we must
    7494             :      * include Vars and Aggrefs needed in HAVING, which might not appear in
    7495             :      * the result tlist, and (2) the Aggrefs must be set in partial mode.
    7496             :      */
    7497        3858 :     partially_grouped_rel->reltarget =
    7498        3858 :         make_partial_grouping_target(root, grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7499             :                                      extra->havingQual);
    7500             : 
    7501        3858 :     if (!extra->partial_costs_set)
    7502             :     {
    7503             :         /*
    7504             :          * Collect statistics about aggregates for estimating costs of
    7505             :          * performing aggregation in parallel.
    7506             :          */
    7507       13896 :         MemSet(agg_partial_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7508       13896 :         MemSet(agg_final_costs, 0, sizeof(AggClauseCosts));
    7509        2316 :         if (parse->hasAggs)
    7510             :         {
    7511             :             /* partial phase */
    7512        2182 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7513             :                                  agg_partial_costs);
    7514             : 
    7515             :             /* final phase */
    7516        2182 :             get_agg_clause_costs(root, AGGSPLIT_FINAL_DESERIAL,
    7517             :                                  agg_final_costs);
    7518             :         }
    7519             : 
    7520        2316 :         extra->partial_costs_set = true;
    7521             :     }
    7522             : 
    7523             :     /* Estimate number of partial groups. */
    7524        3858 :     if (cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7525             :         dNumPartialGroups =
    7526         858 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7527             :                                  cheapest_total_path->rows,
    7528             :                                  gd,
    7529             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7530        3858 :     if (cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7531             :         dNumPartialPartialGroups =
    7532        3276 :             get_number_of_groups(root,
    7533             :                                  cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    7534             :                                  gd,
    7535             :                                  extra->targetList);
    7536             : 
    7537        3858 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7538             :     {
    7539             :         /* This should have been checked previously */
    7540             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7541             : 
    7542             :         /*
    7543             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    7544             :          * sorting the cheapest partial path.
    7545             :          */
    7546        1716 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    7547             :         {
    7548             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7549         858 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7550         858 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7551         858 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7552             : 
    7553             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7554         858 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7555             : 
    7556             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7557             : 
    7558             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7559        1716 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7560             :             {
    7561         858 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7562             : 
    7563             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7564         858 :                 path = path_save;
    7565             : 
    7566         858 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7567             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7568             :                                          path,
    7569             :                                          cheapest_total_path,
    7570             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7571             :                                          -1.0);
    7572             : 
    7573         858 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7574           0 :                     continue;
    7575             : 
    7576         858 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7577         786 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7578         786 :                              create_agg_path(root,
    7579             :                                              partially_grouped_rel,
    7580             :                                              path,
    7581         786 :                                              partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7582         786 :                                              parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7583             :                                              AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7584             :                                              info->clauses,
    7585             :                                              NIL,
    7586             :                                              agg_partial_costs,
    7587             :                                              dNumPartialGroups));
    7588             :                 else
    7589          72 :                     add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7590          72 :                              create_group_path(root,
    7591             :                                                partially_grouped_rel,
    7592             :                                                path,
    7593             :                                                info->clauses,
    7594             :                                                NIL,
    7595             :                                                dNumPartialGroups));
    7596             :             }
    7597             :         }
    7598             :     }
    7599             : 
    7600        3858 :     if (can_sort && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7601             :     {
    7602             :         /* Similar to above logic, but for partial paths. */
    7603        7074 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    7604             :         {
    7605             :             ListCell   *lc2;
    7606        3798 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7607        3798 :             Path       *path_save = path;
    7608        3798 :             List       *pathkey_orderings = NIL;
    7609             : 
    7610             :             /* generate alternative group orderings that might be useful */
    7611        3798 :             pathkey_orderings = get_useful_group_keys_orderings(root, path);
    7612             : 
    7613             :             Assert(list_length(pathkey_orderings) > 0);
    7614             : 
    7615             :             /* process all potentially interesting grouping reorderings */
    7616        7596 :             foreach(lc2, pathkey_orderings)
    7617             :             {
    7618        3798 :                 GroupByOrdering *info = (GroupByOrdering *) lfirst(lc2);
    7619             : 
    7620             : 
    7621             :                 /* restore the path (we replace it in the loop) */
    7622        3798 :                 path = path_save;
    7623             : 
    7624        3798 :                 path = make_ordered_path(root,
    7625             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7626             :                                          path,
    7627             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7628             :                                          info->pathkeys,
    7629             :                                          -1.0);
    7630             : 
    7631        3798 :                 if (path == NULL)
    7632           6 :                     continue;
    7633             : 
    7634        3792 :                 if (parse->hasAggs)
    7635        3670 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7636        3670 :                                      create_agg_path(root,
    7637             :                                                      partially_grouped_rel,
    7638             :                                                      path,
    7639        3670 :                                                      partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7640        3670 :                                                      parse->groupClause ? AGG_SORTED : AGG_PLAIN,
    7641             :                                                      AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7642             :                                                      info->clauses,
    7643             :                                                      NIL,
    7644             :                                                      agg_partial_costs,
    7645             :                                                      dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7646             :                 else
    7647         122 :                     add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7648         122 :                                      create_group_path(root,
    7649             :                                                        partially_grouped_rel,
    7650             :                                                        path,
    7651             :                                                        info->clauses,
    7652             :                                                        NIL,
    7653             :                                                        dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7654             :             }
    7655             :         }
    7656             :     }
    7657             : 
    7658             :     /*
    7659             :      * Add a partially-grouped HashAgg Path where possible
    7660             :      */
    7661        3858 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_total_path != NULL)
    7662             :     {
    7663             :         /* Checked above */
    7664             :         Assert(parse->hasAggs || parse->groupClause);
    7665             : 
    7666         858 :         add_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7667         858 :                  create_agg_path(root,
    7668             :                                  partially_grouped_rel,
    7669             :                                  cheapest_total_path,
    7670         858 :                                  partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7671             :                                  AGG_HASHED,
    7672             :                                  AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7673             :                                  root->processed_groupClause,
    7674             :                                  NIL,
    7675             :                                  agg_partial_costs,
    7676             :                                  dNumPartialGroups));
    7677             :     }
    7678             : 
    7679             :     /*
    7680             :      * Now add a partially-grouped HashAgg partial Path where possible
    7681             :      */
    7682        3858 :     if (can_hash && cheapest_partial_path != NULL)
    7683             :     {
    7684        1724 :         add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, (Path *)
    7685        1724 :                          create_agg_path(root,
    7686             :                                          partially_grouped_rel,
    7687             :                                          cheapest_partial_path,
    7688        1724 :                                          partially_grouped_rel->reltarget,
    7689             :                                          AGG_HASHED,
    7690             :                                          AGGSPLIT_INITIAL_SERIAL,
    7691             :                                          root->processed_groupClause,
    7692             :                                          NIL,
    7693             :                                          agg_partial_costs,
    7694             :                                          dNumPartialPartialGroups));
    7695             :     }
    7696             : 
    7697             :     /*
    7698             :      * Add any partially aggregated paths generated by eager aggregation to
    7699             :      * the new upper relation after applying projection steps as needed.
    7700             :      */
    7701        3858 :     if (eager_agg_rel)
    7702             :     {
    7703             :         /* Add the paths */
    7704        2348 :         foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->pathlist)
    7705             :         {
    7706        1450 :             Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7707             : 
    7708             :             /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7709             :             Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
    7710             : 
    7711        1450 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    7712             :                                                    partially_grouped_rel,
    7713             :                                                    path,
    7714        1450 :                                                    partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
    7715             : 
    7716        1450 :             add_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
    7717             :         }
    7718             : 
    7719             :         /*
    7720             :          * Likewise add the partial paths, but only if parallelism is possible
    7721             :          * for partially_grouped_rel.
    7722             :          */
    7723         898 :         if (partially_grouped_rel->consider_parallel)
    7724             :         {
    7725        2028 :             foreach(lc, eager_agg_rel->partial_pathlist)
    7726             :             {
    7727        1212 :                 Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7728             : 
    7729             :                 /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    7730             :                 Assert(path->param_info == NULL);
    7731             : 
    7732        1212 :                 path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    7733             :                                                        partially_grouped_rel,
    7734             :                                                        path,
    7735        1212 :                                                        partially_grouped_rel->reltarget);
    7736             : 
    7737        1212 :                 add_partial_path(partially_grouped_rel, path);
    7738             :             }
    7739             :         }
    7740             :     }
    7741             : 
    7742             :     /*
    7743             :      * If there is an FDW that's responsible for all baserels of the query,
    7744             :      * let it consider adding partially grouped ForeignPaths.
    7745             :      */
    7746        3858 :     if (partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine &&
    7747           6 :         partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths)
    7748             :     {
    7749           6 :         FdwRoutine *fdwroutine = partially_grouped_rel->fdwroutine;
    7750             : 
    7751           6 :         fdwroutine->GetForeignUpperPaths(root,
    7752             :                                          UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG,
    7753             :                                          input_rel, partially_grouped_rel,
    7754             :                                          extra);
    7755             :     }
    7756             : 
    7757        3858 :     return partially_grouped_rel;
    7758             : }
    7759             : 
    7760             : /*
    7761             :  * make_ordered_path
    7762             :  *      Return a path ordered by 'pathkeys' based on the given 'path'.  May
    7763             :  *      return NULL if it doesn't make sense to generate an ordered path in
    7764             :  *      this case.
    7765             :  */
    7766             : static Path *
    7767       66412 : make_ordered_path(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, Path *path,
    7768             :                   Path *cheapest_path, List *pathkeys, double limit_tuples)
    7769             : {
    7770             :     bool        is_sorted;
    7771             :     int         presorted_keys;
    7772             : 
    7773       66412 :     is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(pathkeys,
    7774             :                                             path->pathkeys,
    7775             :                                             &presorted_keys);
    7776             : 
    7777       66412 :     if (!is_sorted)
    7778             :     {
    7779             :         /*
    7780             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7781             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7782             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7783             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7784             :          */
    7785       17138 :         if (path != cheapest_path &&
    7786        3314 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7787        1486 :             return NULL;
    7788             : 
    7789             :         /*
    7790             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7791             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7792             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7793             :          */
    7794       15652 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7795       13650 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    7796             :                                              rel,
    7797             :                                              path,
    7798             :                                              pathkeys,
    7799             :                                              limit_tuples);
    7800             :         else
    7801        2002 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7802             :                                                          rel,
    7803             :                                                          path,
    7804             :                                                          pathkeys,
    7805             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7806             :                                                          limit_tuples);
    7807             :     }
    7808             : 
    7809       64926 :     return path;
    7810             : }
    7811             : 
    7812             : /*
    7813             :  * Generate Gather and Gather Merge paths for a grouping relation or partial
    7814             :  * grouping relation.
    7815             :  *
    7816             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths does most of the work, but we also consider a
    7817             :  * special case: we could try sorting the data by the group_pathkeys and then
    7818             :  * applying Gather Merge.
    7819             :  *
    7820             :  * NB: This function shouldn't be used for anything other than a grouped or
    7821             :  * partially grouped relation not only because of the fact that it explicitly
    7822             :  * references group_pathkeys but we pass "true" as the third argument to
    7823             :  * generate_useful_gather_paths().
    7824             :  */
    7825             : static void
    7826        3090 : gather_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel)
    7827             : {
    7828             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7829             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    7830             :     List       *groupby_pathkeys;
    7831             : 
    7832             :     /*
    7833             :      * This occurs after any partial aggregation has taken place, so trim off
    7834             :      * any pathkeys added for ORDER BY / DISTINCT aggregates.
    7835             :      */
    7836        3090 :     if (list_length(root->group_pathkeys) > root->num_groupby_pathkeys)
    7837          18 :         groupby_pathkeys = list_copy_head(root->group_pathkeys,
    7838             :                                           root->num_groupby_pathkeys);
    7839             :     else
    7840        3072 :         groupby_pathkeys = root->group_pathkeys;
    7841             : 
    7842             :     /* Try Gather for unordered paths and Gather Merge for ordered ones. */
    7843        3090 :     generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, true);
    7844             : 
    7845        3090 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(rel->partial_pathlist);
    7846             : 
    7847             :     /* XXX Shouldn't this also consider the group-key-reordering? */
    7848        7308 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    7849             :     {
    7850        4218 :         Path       *path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    7851             :         bool        is_sorted;
    7852             :         int         presorted_keys;
    7853             :         double      total_groups;
    7854             : 
    7855        4218 :         is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(groupby_pathkeys,
    7856             :                                                 path->pathkeys,
    7857             :                                                 &presorted_keys);
    7858             : 
    7859        4218 :         if (is_sorted)
    7860        2760 :             continue;
    7861             : 
    7862             :         /*
    7863             :          * Try at least sorting the cheapest path and also try incrementally
    7864             :          * sorting any path which is partially sorted already (no need to deal
    7865             :          * with paths which have presorted keys when incremental sort is
    7866             :          * disabled unless it's the cheapest input path).
    7867             :          */
    7868        1458 :         if (path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    7869           0 :             (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    7870           0 :             continue;
    7871             : 
    7872             :         /*
    7873             :          * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort. We'll
    7874             :          * just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an incremental
    7875             :          * sort when there are presorted keys.
    7876             :          */
    7877        1458 :         if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    7878        1458 :             path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root, rel, path,
    7879             :                                              groupby_pathkeys,
    7880             :                                              -1.0);
    7881             :         else
    7882           0 :             path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    7883             :                                                          rel,
    7884             :                                                          path,
    7885             :                                                          groupby_pathkeys,
    7886             :                                                          presorted_keys,
    7887             :                                                          -1.0);
    7888        1458 :         total_groups = compute_gather_rows(path);
    7889             :         path = (Path *)
    7890        1458 :             create_gather_merge_path(root,
    7891             :                                      rel,
    7892             :                                      path,
    7893        1458 :                                      rel->reltarget,
    7894             :                                      groupby_pathkeys,
    7895             :                                      NULL,
    7896             :                                      &total_groups);
    7897             : 
    7898        1458 :         add_path(rel, path);
    7899             :     }
    7900        3090 : }
    7901             : 
    7902             : /*
    7903             :  * can_partial_agg
    7904             :  *
    7905             :  * Determines whether or not partial grouping and/or aggregation is possible.
    7906             :  * Returns true when possible, false otherwise.
    7907             :  */
    7908             : static bool
    7909       45938 : can_partial_agg(PlannerInfo *root)
    7910             : {
    7911       45938 :     Query      *parse = root->parse;
    7912             : 
    7913       45938 :     if (!parse->hasAggs && parse->groupClause == NIL)
    7914             :     {
    7915             :         /*
    7916             :          * We don't know how to do parallel aggregation unless we have either
    7917             :          * some aggregates or a grouping clause.
    7918             :          */
    7919           0 :         return false;
    7920             :     }
    7921       45938 :     else if (parse->groupingSets)
    7922             :     {
    7923             :         /* We don't know how to do grouping sets in parallel. */
    7924         996 :         return false;
    7925             :     }
    7926       44942 :     else if (root->hasNonPartialAggs || root->hasNonSerialAggs)
    7927             :     {
    7928             :         /* Insufficient support for partial mode. */
    7929        3902 :         return false;
    7930             :     }
    7931             : 
    7932             :     /* Everything looks good. */
    7933       41040 :     return true;
    7934             : }
    7935             : 
    7936             : /*
    7937             :  * apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths
    7938             :  *
    7939             :  * Adjust the final scan/join relation, and recursively all of its children,
    7940             :  * to generate the final scan/join target.  It would be more correct to model
    7941             :  * this as a separate planning step with a new RelOptInfo at the toplevel and
    7942             :  * for each child relation, but doing it this way is noticeably cheaper.
    7943             :  * Maybe that problem can be solved at some point, but for now we do this.
    7944             :  *
    7945             :  * If tlist_same_exprs is true, then the scan/join target to be applied has
    7946             :  * the same expressions as the existing reltarget, so we need only insert the
    7947             :  * appropriate sortgroupref information.  By avoiding the creation of
    7948             :  * projection paths we save effort both immediately and at plan creation time.
    7949             :  */
    7950             : static void
    7951      566014 : apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    7952             :                                RelOptInfo *rel,
    7953             :                                List *scanjoin_targets,
    7954             :                                List *scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    7955             :                                bool scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    7956             :                                bool tlist_same_exprs)
    7957             : {
    7958      566014 :     bool        rel_is_partitioned = IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel);
    7959             :     PathTarget *scanjoin_target;
    7960             :     ListCell   *lc;
    7961             : 
    7962             :     /* This recurses, so be paranoid. */
    7963      566014 :     check_stack_depth();
    7964             : 
    7965             :     /*
    7966             :      * If the rel only has Append and MergeAppend paths, we want to drop its
    7967             :      * existing paths and generate new ones.  This function would still be
    7968             :      * correct if we kept the existing paths: we'd modify them to generate the
    7969             :      * correct target above the partitioning Append, and then they'd compete
    7970             :      * on cost with paths generating the target below the Append.  However, in
    7971             :      * our current cost model the latter way is always the same or cheaper
    7972             :      * cost, so modifying the existing paths would just be useless work.
    7973             :      * Moreover, when the cost is the same, varying roundoff errors might
    7974             :      * sometimes allow an existing path to be picked, resulting in undesirable
    7975             :      * cross-platform plan variations.  So we drop old paths and thereby force
    7976             :      * the work to be done below the Append.
    7977             :      *
    7978             :      * However, there are several cases when this optimization is not safe. If
    7979             :      * the rel isn't partitioned, then none of the paths will be Append or
    7980             :      * MergeAppend paths, so we should definitely not do this. If it is
    7981             :      * partitioned but is a joinrel, it may have Append and MergeAppend paths,
    7982             :      * but it can also have join paths that we can't afford to discard.
    7983             :      *
    7984             :      * Some care is needed, because we have to allow
    7985             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to see the old partial paths in the next
    7986             :      * stanza.  Hence, zap the main pathlist here, then allow
    7987             :      * generate_useful_gather_paths to add path(s) to the main list, and
    7988             :      * finally zap the partial pathlist.
    7989             :      */
    7990      566014 :     if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
    7991       11742 :         rel->pathlist = NIL;
    7992             : 
    7993             :     /*
    7994             :      * If the scan/join target is not parallel-safe, partial paths cannot
    7995             :      * generate it.
    7996             :      */
    7997      566014 :     if (!scanjoin_target_parallel_safe)
    7998             :     {
    7999             :         /*
    8000             :          * Since we can't generate the final scan/join target in parallel
    8001             :          * workers, this is our last opportunity to use any partial paths that
    8002             :          * exist; so build Gather path(s) that use them and emit whatever the
    8003             :          * current reltarget is.  We don't do this in the case where the
    8004             :          * target is parallel-safe, since we will be able to generate superior
    8005             :          * paths by doing it after the final scan/join target has been
    8006             :          * applied.
    8007             :          */
    8008       81266 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    8009             : 
    8010             :         /* Can't use parallel query above this level. */
    8011       81266 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8012       81266 :         rel->consider_parallel = false;
    8013             :     }
    8014             : 
    8015             :     /* Finish dropping old paths for a partitioned rel, per comment above */
    8016      566014 :     if (rel_is_partitioned && IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel))
    8017       11742 :         rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8018             : 
    8019             :     /* Extract SRF-free scan/join target. */
    8020      566014 :     scanjoin_target = linitial_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    8021             : 
    8022             :     /*
    8023             :      * Apply the SRF-free scan/join target to each existing path.
    8024             :      *
    8025             :      * If the tlist exprs are the same, we can just inject the sortgroupref
    8026             :      * information into the existing pathtargets.  Otherwise, replace each
    8027             :      * path with a projection path that generates the SRF-free scan/join
    8028             :      * target.  This can't change the ordering of paths within rel->pathlist,
    8029             :      * so we just modify the list in place.
    8030             :      */
    8031     1176070 :     foreach(lc, rel->pathlist)
    8032             :     {
    8033      610056 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8034             : 
    8035             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    8036             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    8037             : 
    8038      610056 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    8039      217036 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    8040      217036 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    8041             :         else
    8042             :         {
    8043             :             Path       *newpath;
    8044             : 
    8045      393020 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    8046             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    8047      393020 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    8048             :         }
    8049             :     }
    8050             : 
    8051             :     /* Likewise adjust the targets for any partial paths. */
    8052      591194 :     foreach(lc, rel->partial_pathlist)
    8053             :     {
    8054       25180 :         Path       *subpath = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8055             : 
    8056             :         /* Shouldn't have any parameterized paths anymore */
    8057             :         Assert(subpath->param_info == NULL);
    8058             : 
    8059       25180 :         if (tlist_same_exprs)
    8060       20176 :             subpath->pathtarget->sortgrouprefs =
    8061       20176 :                 scanjoin_target->sortgrouprefs;
    8062             :         else
    8063             :         {
    8064             :             Path       *newpath;
    8065             : 
    8066        5004 :             newpath = (Path *) create_projection_path(root, rel, subpath,
    8067             :                                                       scanjoin_target);
    8068        5004 :             lfirst(lc) = newpath;
    8069             :         }
    8070             :     }
    8071             : 
    8072             :     /*
    8073             :      * Now, if final scan/join target contains SRFs, insert ProjectSetPath(s)
    8074             :      * atop each existing path.  (Note that this function doesn't look at the
    8075             :      * cheapest-path fields, which is a good thing because they're bogus right
    8076             :      * now.)
    8077             :      */
    8078      566014 :     if (root->parse->hasTargetSRFs)
    8079       12084 :         adjust_paths_for_srfs(root, rel,
    8080             :                               scanjoin_targets,
    8081             :                               scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs);
    8082             : 
    8083             :     /*
    8084             :      * Update the rel's target to be the final (with SRFs) scan/join target.
    8085             :      * This now matches the actual output of all the paths, and we might get
    8086             :      * confused in createplan.c if they don't agree.  We must do this now so
    8087             :      * that any append paths made in the next part will use the correct
    8088             :      * pathtarget (cf. create_append_path).
    8089             :      *
    8090             :      * Note that this is also necessary if GetForeignUpperPaths() gets called
    8091             :      * on the final scan/join relation or on any of its children, since the
    8092             :      * FDW might look at the rel's target to create ForeignPaths.
    8093             :      */
    8094      566014 :     rel->reltarget = llast_node(PathTarget, scanjoin_targets);
    8095             : 
    8096             :     /*
    8097             :      * If the relation is partitioned, recursively apply the scan/join target
    8098             :      * to all partitions, and generate brand-new Append paths in which the
    8099             :      * scan/join target is computed below the Append rather than above it.
    8100             :      * Since Append is not projection-capable, that might save a separate
    8101             :      * Result node, and it also is important for partitionwise aggregate.
    8102             :      */
    8103      566014 :     if (rel_is_partitioned)
    8104             :     {
    8105       13308 :         List       *live_children = NIL;
    8106             :         int         i;
    8107             : 
    8108             :         /* Adjust each partition. */
    8109       13308 :         i = -1;
    8110       38088 :         while ((i = bms_next_member(rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    8111             :         {
    8112       24780 :             RelOptInfo *child_rel = rel->part_rels[i];
    8113             :             AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    8114             :             int         nappinfos;
    8115       24780 :             List       *child_scanjoin_targets = NIL;
    8116             : 
    8117             :             Assert(child_rel != NULL);
    8118             : 
    8119             :             /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    8120       24780 :             if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    8121          42 :                 continue;
    8122             : 
    8123             :             /* Translate scan/join targets for this child. */
    8124       24738 :             appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_rel->relids,
    8125             :                                                &nappinfos);
    8126       49476 :             foreach(lc, scanjoin_targets)
    8127             :             {
    8128       24738 :                 PathTarget *target = lfirst_node(PathTarget, lc);
    8129             : 
    8130       24738 :                 target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    8131       24738 :                 target->exprs = (List *)
    8132       24738 :                     adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8133       24738 :                                            (Node *) target->exprs,
    8134             :                                            nappinfos, appinfos);
    8135       24738 :                 child_scanjoin_targets = lappend(child_scanjoin_targets,
    8136             :                                                  target);
    8137             :             }
    8138       24738 :             pfree(appinfos);
    8139             : 
    8140             :             /* Recursion does the real work. */
    8141       24738 :             apply_scanjoin_target_to_paths(root, child_rel,
    8142             :                                            child_scanjoin_targets,
    8143             :                                            scanjoin_targets_contain_srfs,
    8144             :                                            scanjoin_target_parallel_safe,
    8145             :                                            tlist_same_exprs);
    8146             : 
    8147             :             /* Save non-dummy children for Append paths. */
    8148       24738 :             if (!IS_DUMMY_REL(child_rel))
    8149       24738 :                 live_children = lappend(live_children, child_rel);
    8150             :         }
    8151             : 
    8152             :         /* Build new paths for this relation by appending child paths. */
    8153       13308 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, rel, live_children);
    8154             :     }
    8155             : 
    8156             :     /*
    8157             :      * Consider generating Gather or Gather Merge paths.  We must only do this
    8158             :      * if the relation is parallel safe, and we don't do it for child rels to
    8159             :      * avoid creating multiple Gather nodes within the same plan. We must do
    8160             :      * this after all paths have been generated and before set_cheapest, since
    8161             :      * one of the generated paths may turn out to be the cheapest one.
    8162             :      */
    8163      566014 :     if (rel->consider_parallel && !IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
    8164      181236 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, rel, false);
    8165             : 
    8166             :     /*
    8167             :      * Reassess which paths are the cheapest, now that we've potentially added
    8168             :      * new Gather (or Gather Merge) and/or Append (or MergeAppend) paths to
    8169             :      * this relation.
    8170             :      */
    8171      566014 :     set_cheapest(rel);
    8172      566014 : }
    8173             : 
    8174             : /*
    8175             :  * create_partitionwise_grouping_paths
    8176             :  *
    8177             :  * If the partition keys of input relation are part of the GROUP BY clause, all
    8178             :  * the rows belonging to a given group come from a single partition.  This
    8179             :  * allows aggregation/grouping over a partitioned relation to be broken down
    8180             :  * into aggregation/grouping on each partition.  This should be no worse, and
    8181             :  * often better, than the normal approach.
    8182             :  *
    8183             :  * However, if the GROUP BY clause does not contain all the partition keys,
    8184             :  * rows from a given group may be spread across multiple partitions. In that
    8185             :  * case, we perform partial aggregation for each group, append the results,
    8186             :  * and then finalize aggregation.  This is less certain to win than the
    8187             :  * previous case.  It may win if the PartialAggregate stage greatly reduces
    8188             :  * the number of groups, because fewer rows will pass through the Append node.
    8189             :  * It may lose if we have lots of small groups.
    8190             :  */
    8191             : static void
    8192         826 : create_partitionwise_grouping_paths(PlannerInfo *root,
    8193             :                                     RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8194             :                                     RelOptInfo *grouped_rel,
    8195             :                                     RelOptInfo *partially_grouped_rel,
    8196             :                                     const AggClauseCosts *agg_costs,
    8197             :                                     grouping_sets_data *gd,
    8198             :                                     PartitionwiseAggregateType patype,
    8199             :                                     GroupPathExtraData *extra)
    8200             : {
    8201         826 :     List       *grouped_live_children = NIL;
    8202         826 :     List       *partially_grouped_live_children = NIL;
    8203         826 :     PathTarget *target = grouped_rel->reltarget;
    8204         826 :     bool        partial_grouping_valid = true;
    8205             :     int         i;
    8206             : 
    8207             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE);
    8208             :     Assert(patype != PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL ||
    8209             :            partially_grouped_rel != NULL);
    8210             : 
    8211             :     /* Add paths for partitionwise aggregation/grouping. */
    8212         826 :     i = -1;
    8213        2992 :     while ((i = bms_next_member(input_rel->live_parts, i)) >= 0)
    8214             :     {
    8215        2166 :         RelOptInfo *child_input_rel = input_rel->part_rels[i];
    8216             :         PathTarget *child_target;
    8217             :         AppendRelInfo **appinfos;
    8218             :         int         nappinfos;
    8219             :         GroupPathExtraData child_extra;
    8220             :         RelOptInfo *child_grouped_rel;
    8221             :         RelOptInfo *child_partially_grouped_rel;
    8222             : 
    8223             :         Assert(child_input_rel != NULL);
    8224             : 
    8225             :         /* Dummy children can be ignored. */
    8226        2166 :         if (IS_DUMMY_REL(child_input_rel))
    8227           0 :             continue;
    8228             : 
    8229        2166 :         child_target = copy_pathtarget(target);
    8230             : 
    8231             :         /*
    8232             :          * Copy the given "extra" structure as is and then override the
    8233             :          * members specific to this child.
    8234             :          */
    8235        2166 :         memcpy(&child_extra, extra, sizeof(child_extra));
    8236             : 
    8237        2166 :         appinfos = find_appinfos_by_relids(root, child_input_rel->relids,
    8238             :                                            &nappinfos);
    8239             : 
    8240        2166 :         child_target->exprs = (List *)
    8241        2166 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8242        2166 :                                    (Node *) target->exprs,
    8243             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8244             : 
    8245             :         /* Translate havingQual and targetList. */
    8246        2166 :         child_extra.havingQual = (Node *)
    8247             :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8248             :                                    extra->havingQual,
    8249             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8250        2166 :         child_extra.targetList = (List *)
    8251        2166 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs(root,
    8252        2166 :                                    (Node *) extra->targetList,
    8253             :                                    nappinfos, appinfos);
    8254             : 
    8255             :         /*
    8256             :          * extra->patype was the value computed for our parent rel; patype is
    8257             :          * the value for this relation.  For the child, our value is its
    8258             :          * parent rel's value.
    8259             :          */
    8260        2166 :         child_extra.patype = patype;
    8261             : 
    8262             :         /*
    8263             :          * Create grouping relation to hold fully aggregated grouping and/or
    8264             :          * aggregation paths for the child.
    8265             :          */
    8266        2166 :         child_grouped_rel = make_grouping_rel(root, child_input_rel,
    8267             :                                               child_target,
    8268        2166 :                                               extra->target_parallel_safe,
    8269             :                                               child_extra.havingQual);
    8270             : 
    8271             :         /* Create grouping paths for this child relation. */
    8272        2166 :         create_ordinary_grouping_paths(root, child_input_rel,
    8273             :                                        child_grouped_rel,
    8274             :                                        agg_costs, gd, &child_extra,
    8275             :                                        &child_partially_grouped_rel);
    8276             : 
    8277        2166 :         if (child_partially_grouped_rel)
    8278             :         {
    8279             :             partially_grouped_live_children =
    8280        1542 :                 lappend(partially_grouped_live_children,
    8281             :                         child_partially_grouped_rel);
    8282             :         }
    8283             :         else
    8284         624 :             partial_grouping_valid = false;
    8285             : 
    8286        2166 :         if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    8287             :         {
    8288        1308 :             set_cheapest(child_grouped_rel);
    8289        1308 :             grouped_live_children = lappend(grouped_live_children,
    8290             :                                             child_grouped_rel);
    8291             :         }
    8292             : 
    8293        2166 :         pfree(appinfos);
    8294             :     }
    8295             : 
    8296             :     /*
    8297             :      * Try to create append paths for partially grouped children. For full
    8298             :      * partitionwise aggregation, we might have paths in the partial_pathlist
    8299             :      * if parallel aggregation is possible.  For partial partitionwise
    8300             :      * aggregation, we may have paths in both pathlist and partial_pathlist.
    8301             :      *
    8302             :      * NB: We must have a partially grouped path for every child in order to
    8303             :      * generate a partially grouped path for this relation.
    8304             :      */
    8305         826 :     if (partially_grouped_rel && partial_grouping_valid)
    8306             :     {
    8307             :         Assert(partially_grouped_live_children != NIL);
    8308             : 
    8309         602 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, partially_grouped_rel,
    8310             :                                 partially_grouped_live_children);
    8311             :     }
    8312             : 
    8313             :     /* If possible, create append paths for fully grouped children. */
    8314         826 :     if (patype == PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL)
    8315             :     {
    8316             :         Assert(grouped_live_children != NIL);
    8317             : 
    8318         488 :         add_paths_to_append_rel(root, grouped_rel, grouped_live_children);
    8319             :     }
    8320         826 : }
    8321             : 
    8322             : /*
    8323             :  * group_by_has_partkey
    8324             :  *
    8325             :  * Returns true if all the partition keys of the given relation are part of
    8326             :  * the GROUP BY clauses, including having matching collation, false otherwise.
    8327             :  */
    8328             : static bool
    8329         772 : group_by_has_partkey(RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8330             :                      List *targetList,
    8331             :                      List *groupClause)
    8332             : {
    8333         772 :     List       *groupexprs = get_sortgrouplist_exprs(groupClause, targetList);
    8334         772 :     int         cnt = 0;
    8335             :     int         partnatts;
    8336             : 
    8337             :     /* Input relation should be partitioned. */
    8338             :     Assert(input_rel->part_scheme);
    8339             : 
    8340             :     /* Rule out early, if there are no partition keys present. */
    8341         772 :     if (!input_rel->partexprs)
    8342           0 :         return false;
    8343             : 
    8344         772 :     partnatts = input_rel->part_scheme->partnatts;
    8345             : 
    8346        1296 :     for (cnt = 0; cnt < partnatts; cnt++)
    8347             :     {
    8348         808 :         List       *partexprs = input_rel->partexprs[cnt];
    8349             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8350         808 :         bool        found = false;
    8351             : 
    8352        1206 :         foreach(lc, partexprs)
    8353             :         {
    8354             :             ListCell   *lg;
    8355         934 :             Expr       *partexpr = lfirst(lc);
    8356         934 :             Oid         partcoll = input_rel->part_scheme->partcollation[cnt];
    8357             : 
    8358        1452 :             foreach(lg, groupexprs)
    8359             :             {
    8360        1054 :                 Expr       *groupexpr = lfirst(lg);
    8361        1054 :                 Oid         groupcoll = exprCollation((Node *) groupexpr);
    8362             : 
    8363             :                 /*
    8364             :                  * Note: we can assume there is at most one RelabelType node;
    8365             :                  * eval_const_expressions() will have simplified if more than
    8366             :                  * one.
    8367             :                  */
    8368        1054 :                 if (IsA(groupexpr, RelabelType))
    8369          24 :                     groupexpr = ((RelabelType *) groupexpr)->arg;
    8370             : 
    8371        1054 :                 if (equal(groupexpr, partexpr))
    8372             :                 {
    8373             :                     /*
    8374             :                      * Reject a match if the grouping collation does not match
    8375             :                      * the partitioning collation.
    8376             :                      */
    8377         536 :                     if (OidIsValid(partcoll) && OidIsValid(groupcoll) &&
    8378             :                         partcoll != groupcoll)
    8379          12 :                         return false;
    8380             : 
    8381         524 :                     found = true;
    8382         524 :                     break;
    8383             :                 }
    8384             :             }
    8385             : 
    8386         922 :             if (found)
    8387         524 :                 break;
    8388             :         }
    8389             : 
    8390             :         /*
    8391             :          * If none of the partition key expressions match with any of the
    8392             :          * GROUP BY expression, return false.
    8393             :          */
    8394         796 :         if (!found)
    8395         272 :             return false;
    8396             :     }
    8397             : 
    8398         488 :     return true;
    8399             : }
    8400             : 
    8401             : /*
    8402             :  * generate_setop_child_grouplist
    8403             :  *      Build a SortGroupClause list defining the sort/grouping properties
    8404             :  *      of the child of a set operation.
    8405             :  *
    8406             :  * This is similar to generate_setop_grouplist() but differs as the setop
    8407             :  * child query's targetlist entries may already have a tleSortGroupRef
    8408             :  * assigned for other purposes, such as GROUP BYs.  Here we keep the
    8409             :  * SortGroupClause list in the same order as 'op' groupClauses and just adjust
    8410             :  * the tleSortGroupRef to reference the TargetEntry's 'ressortgroupref'.  If
    8411             :  * any of the columns in the targetlist don't match to the setop's colTypes
    8412             :  * then we return an empty list.  This may leave some TLEs with unreferenced
    8413             :  * ressortgroupref markings, but that's harmless.
    8414             :  */
    8415             : static List *
    8416       12786 : generate_setop_child_grouplist(SetOperationStmt *op, List *targetlist)
    8417             : {
    8418       12786 :     List       *grouplist = copyObject(op->groupClauses);
    8419             :     ListCell   *lg;
    8420             :     ListCell   *lt;
    8421             :     ListCell   *ct;
    8422             : 
    8423       12786 :     lg = list_head(grouplist);
    8424       12786 :     ct = list_head(op->colTypes);
    8425       49314 :     foreach(lt, targetlist)
    8426             :     {
    8427       36950 :         TargetEntry *tle = (TargetEntry *) lfirst(lt);
    8428             :         SortGroupClause *sgc;
    8429             :         Oid         coltype;
    8430             : 
    8431             :         /* resjunk columns could have sortgrouprefs.  Leave these alone */
    8432       36950 :         if (tle->resjunk)
    8433           0 :             continue;
    8434             : 
    8435             :         /*
    8436             :          * We expect every non-resjunk target to have a SortGroupClause and
    8437             :          * colTypes.
    8438             :          */
    8439             :         Assert(lg != NULL);
    8440             :         Assert(ct != NULL);
    8441       36950 :         sgc = (SortGroupClause *) lfirst(lg);
    8442       36950 :         coltype = lfirst_oid(ct);
    8443             : 
    8444             :         /* reject if target type isn't the same as the setop target type */
    8445       36950 :         if (coltype != exprType((Node *) tle->expr))
    8446         422 :             return NIL;
    8447             : 
    8448       36528 :         lg = lnext(grouplist, lg);
    8449       36528 :         ct = lnext(op->colTypes, ct);
    8450             : 
    8451             :         /* assign a tleSortGroupRef, or reuse the existing one */
    8452       36528 :         sgc->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, targetlist);
    8453             :     }
    8454             : 
    8455             :     Assert(lg == NULL);
    8456             :     Assert(ct == NULL);
    8457             : 
    8458       12364 :     return grouplist;
    8459             : }
    8460             : 
    8461             : /*
    8462             :  * create_unique_paths
    8463             :  *    Build a new RelOptInfo containing Paths that represent elimination of
    8464             :  *    distinct rows from the input data.  Distinct-ness is defined according to
    8465             :  *    the needs of the semijoin represented by sjinfo.  If it is not possible
    8466             :  *    to identify how to make the data unique, NULL is returned.
    8467             :  *
    8468             :  * If used at all, this is likely to be called repeatedly on the same rel,
    8469             :  * so we cache the result.
    8470             :  */
    8471             : RelOptInfo *
    8472        8926 : create_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *rel, SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo)
    8473             : {
    8474             :     RelOptInfo *unique_rel;
    8475        8926 :     List       *sortPathkeys = NIL;
    8476        8926 :     List       *groupClause = NIL;
    8477             :     MemoryContext oldcontext;
    8478             : 
    8479             :     /* Caller made a mistake if SpecialJoinInfo is the wrong one */
    8480             :     Assert(sjinfo->jointype == JOIN_SEMI);
    8481             :     Assert(bms_equal(rel->relids, sjinfo->syn_righthand));
    8482             : 
    8483             :     /* If result already cached, return it */
    8484        8926 :     if (rel->unique_rel)
    8485        1836 :         return rel->unique_rel;
    8486             : 
    8487             :     /* If it's not possible to unique-ify, return NULL */
    8488        7090 :     if (!(sjinfo->semi_can_btree || sjinfo->semi_can_hash))
    8489         132 :         return NULL;
    8490             : 
    8491             :     /*
    8492             :      * Punt if this is a child relation and we failed to build a unique-ified
    8493             :      * relation for its parent.  This can happen if all the RHS columns were
    8494             :      * found to be equated to constants when unique-ifying the parent table,
    8495             :      * leaving no columns to unique-ify.
    8496             :      */
    8497        6958 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel) && rel->top_parent->unique_rel == NULL)
    8498          12 :         return NULL;
    8499             : 
    8500             :     /*
    8501             :      * When called during GEQO join planning, we are in a short-lived memory
    8502             :      * context.  We must make sure that the unique rel and any subsidiary data
    8503             :      * structures created for a baserel survive the GEQO cycle, else the
    8504             :      * baserel is trashed for future GEQO cycles.  On the other hand, when we
    8505             :      * are creating those for a joinrel during GEQO, we don't want them to
    8506             :      * clutter the main planning context.  Upshot is that the best solution is
    8507             :      * to explicitly allocate memory in the same context the given RelOptInfo
    8508             :      * is in.
    8509             :      */
    8510        6946 :     oldcontext = MemoryContextSwitchTo(GetMemoryChunkContext(rel));
    8511             : 
    8512        6946 :     unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
    8513        6946 :     memcpy(unique_rel, rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
    8514             : 
    8515             :     /*
    8516             :      * clear path info
    8517             :      */
    8518        6946 :     unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
    8519        6946 :     unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
    8520        6946 :     unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8521        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
    8522        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    8523        6946 :     unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
    8524             : 
    8525             :     /*
    8526             :      * Build the target list for the unique rel.  We also build the pathkeys
    8527             :      * that represent the ordering requirements for the sort-based
    8528             :      * implementation, and the list of SortGroupClause nodes that represent
    8529             :      * the columns to be grouped on for the hash-based implementation.
    8530             :      *
    8531             :      * For a child rel, we can construct these fields from those of its
    8532             :      * parent.
    8533             :      */
    8534        6946 :     if (IS_OTHER_REL(rel))
    8535         432 :     {
    8536             :         PathTarget *child_unique_target;
    8537             :         PathTarget *parent_unique_target;
    8538             : 
    8539         432 :         parent_unique_target = rel->top_parent->unique_rel->reltarget;
    8540             : 
    8541         432 :         child_unique_target = copy_pathtarget(parent_unique_target);
    8542             : 
    8543             :         /* Translate the target expressions */
    8544         432 :         child_unique_target->exprs = (List *)
    8545         432 :             adjust_appendrel_attrs_multilevel(root,
    8546         432 :                                               (Node *) parent_unique_target->exprs,
    8547             :                                               rel,
    8548         432 :                                               rel->top_parent);
    8549             : 
    8550         432 :         unique_rel->reltarget = child_unique_target;
    8551             : 
    8552         432 :         sortPathkeys = rel->top_parent->unique_pathkeys;
    8553         432 :         groupClause = rel->top_parent->unique_groupclause;
    8554             :     }
    8555             :     else
    8556             :     {
    8557             :         List       *newtlist;
    8558             :         int         nextresno;
    8559        6514 :         List       *sortList = NIL;
    8560             :         ListCell   *lc1;
    8561             :         ListCell   *lc2;
    8562             : 
    8563             :         /*
    8564             :          * The values we are supposed to unique-ify may be expressions in the
    8565             :          * variables of the input rel's targetlist.  We have to add any such
    8566             :          * expressions to the unique rel's targetlist.
    8567             :          *
    8568             :          * To complicate matters, some of the values to be unique-ified may be
    8569             :          * known redundant by the EquivalenceClass machinery (e.g., because
    8570             :          * they have been equated to constants).  There is no need to compare
    8571             :          * such values during unique-ification, and indeed we had better not
    8572             :          * try because the Vars involved may not have propagated as high as
    8573             :          * the semijoin's level.  We use make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses to
    8574             :          * detect such cases, which is a tad inefficient but it doesn't seem
    8575             :          * worth building specialized infrastructure for this.
    8576             :          */
    8577        6514 :         newtlist = make_tlist_from_pathtarget(rel->reltarget);
    8578        6514 :         nextresno = list_length(newtlist) + 1;
    8579             : 
    8580       13262 :         forboth(lc1, sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs, lc2, sjinfo->semi_operators)
    8581             :         {
    8582        6748 :             Expr       *uniqexpr = lfirst(lc1);
    8583        6748 :             Oid         in_oper = lfirst_oid(lc2);
    8584             :             Oid         sortop;
    8585             :             TargetEntry *tle;
    8586        6748 :             bool        made_tle = false;
    8587             : 
    8588        6748 :             tle = tlist_member(uniqexpr, newtlist);
    8589        6748 :             if (!tle)
    8590             :             {
    8591        3268 :                 tle = makeTargetEntry(uniqexpr,
    8592             :                                       nextresno,
    8593             :                                       NULL,
    8594             :                                       false);
    8595        3268 :                 newtlist = lappend(newtlist, tle);
    8596        3268 :                 nextresno++;
    8597        3268 :                 made_tle = true;
    8598             :             }
    8599             : 
    8600             :             /*
    8601             :              * Try to build an ORDER BY list to sort the input compatibly.  We
    8602             :              * do this for each sortable clause even when the clauses are not
    8603             :              * all sortable, so that we can detect clauses that are redundant
    8604             :              * according to the pathkey machinery.
    8605             :              */
    8606        6748 :             sortop = get_ordering_op_for_equality_op(in_oper, false);
    8607        6748 :             if (OidIsValid(sortop))
    8608             :             {
    8609             :                 Oid         eqop;
    8610             :                 SortGroupClause *sortcl;
    8611             : 
    8612             :                 /*
    8613             :                  * The Unique node will need equality operators.  Normally
    8614             :                  * these are the same as the IN clause operators, but if those
    8615             :                  * are cross-type operators then the equality operators are
    8616             :                  * the ones for the IN clause operators' RHS datatype.
    8617             :                  */
    8618        6748 :                 eqop = get_equality_op_for_ordering_op(sortop, NULL);
    8619        6748 :                 if (!OidIsValid(eqop))  /* shouldn't happen */
    8620           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "could not find equality operator for ordering operator %u",
    8621             :                          sortop);
    8622             : 
    8623        6748 :                 sortcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
    8624        6748 :                 sortcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
    8625        6748 :                 sortcl->eqop = eqop;
    8626        6748 :                 sortcl->sortop = sortop;
    8627        6748 :                 sortcl->reverse_sort = false;
    8628        6748 :                 sortcl->nulls_first = false;
    8629        6748 :                 sortcl->hashable = false;    /* no need to make this accurate */
    8630        6748 :                 sortList = lappend(sortList, sortcl);
    8631             : 
    8632             :                 /*
    8633             :                  * At each step, convert the SortGroupClause list to pathkey
    8634             :                  * form.  If the just-added SortGroupClause is redundant, the
    8635             :                  * result will be shorter than the SortGroupClause list.
    8636             :                  */
    8637        6748 :                 sortPathkeys = make_pathkeys_for_sortclauses(root, sortList,
    8638             :                                                              newtlist);
    8639        6748 :                 if (list_length(sortPathkeys) != list_length(sortList))
    8640             :                 {
    8641             :                     /* Drop the redundant SortGroupClause */
    8642        2052 :                     sortList = list_delete_last(sortList);
    8643             :                     Assert(list_length(sortPathkeys) == list_length(sortList));
    8644             :                     /* Undo tlist addition, if we made one */
    8645        2052 :                     if (made_tle)
    8646             :                     {
    8647          12 :                         newtlist = list_delete_last(newtlist);
    8648          12 :                         nextresno--;
    8649             :                     }
    8650             :                     /* We need not consider this clause for hashing, either */
    8651        2052 :                     continue;
    8652             :                 }
    8653             :             }
    8654           0 :             else if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree) /* shouldn't happen */
    8655           0 :                 elog(ERROR, "could not find ordering operator for equality operator %u",
    8656             :                      in_oper);
    8657             : 
    8658        4696 :             if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8659             :             {
    8660             :                 /* Create a GROUP BY list for the Agg node to use */
    8661             :                 Oid         eq_oper;
    8662             :                 SortGroupClause *groupcl;
    8663             : 
    8664             :                 /*
    8665             :                  * Get the hashable equality operators for the Agg node to
    8666             :                  * use. Normally these are the same as the IN clause
    8667             :                  * operators, but if those are cross-type operators then the
    8668             :                  * equality operators are the ones for the IN clause
    8669             :                  * operators' RHS datatype.
    8670             :                  */
    8671        4696 :                 if (!get_compatible_hash_operators(in_oper, NULL, &eq_oper))
    8672           0 :                     elog(ERROR, "could not find compatible hash operator for operator %u",
    8673             :                          in_oper);
    8674             : 
    8675        4696 :                 groupcl = makeNode(SortGroupClause);
    8676        4696 :                 groupcl->tleSortGroupRef = assignSortGroupRef(tle, newtlist);
    8677        4696 :                 groupcl->eqop = eq_oper;
    8678        4696 :                 groupcl->sortop = sortop;
    8679        4696 :                 groupcl->reverse_sort = false;
    8680        4696 :                 groupcl->nulls_first = false;
    8681        4696 :                 groupcl->hashable = true;
    8682        4696 :                 groupClause = lappend(groupClause, groupcl);
    8683             :             }
    8684             :         }
    8685             : 
    8686             :         /*
    8687             :          * Done building the sortPathkeys and groupClause.  But the
    8688             :          * sortPathkeys are bogus if not all the clauses were sortable.
    8689             :          */
    8690        6514 :         if (!sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8691           0 :             sortPathkeys = NIL;
    8692             : 
    8693             :         /*
    8694             :          * It can happen that all the RHS columns are equated to constants.
    8695             :          * We'd have to do something special to unique-ify in that case, and
    8696             :          * it's such an unlikely-in-the-real-world case that it's not worth
    8697             :          * the effort.  So just punt if we found no columns to unique-ify.
    8698             :          */
    8699        6514 :         if (sortPathkeys == NIL && groupClause == NIL)
    8700             :         {
    8701        1950 :             MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    8702        1950 :             return NULL;
    8703             :         }
    8704             : 
    8705             :         /* Convert the required targetlist back to PathTarget form */
    8706        4564 :         unique_rel->reltarget = create_pathtarget(root, newtlist);
    8707             :     }
    8708             : 
    8709             :     /* build unique paths based on input rel's pathlist */
    8710        4996 :     create_final_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    8711             :                               sjinfo, unique_rel);
    8712             : 
    8713             :     /* build unique paths based on input rel's partial_pathlist */
    8714        4996 :     create_partial_unique_paths(root, rel, sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    8715             :                                 sjinfo, unique_rel);
    8716             : 
    8717             :     /* Now choose the best path(s) */
    8718        4996 :     set_cheapest(unique_rel);
    8719             : 
    8720             :     /*
    8721             :      * There shouldn't be any partial paths for the unique relation;
    8722             :      * otherwise, we won't be able to properly guarantee uniqueness.
    8723             :      */
    8724             :     Assert(unique_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL);
    8725             : 
    8726             :     /* Cache the result */
    8727        4996 :     rel->unique_rel = unique_rel;
    8728        4996 :     rel->unique_pathkeys = sortPathkeys;
    8729        4996 :     rel->unique_groupclause = groupClause;
    8730             : 
    8731        4996 :     MemoryContextSwitchTo(oldcontext);
    8732             : 
    8733        4996 :     return unique_rel;
    8734             : }
    8735             : 
    8736             : /*
    8737             :  * create_final_unique_paths
    8738             :  *    Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' pathlist
    8739             :  */
    8740             : static void
    8741        8744 : create_final_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8742             :                           List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
    8743             :                           SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
    8744             : {
    8745        8744 :     Path       *cheapest_input_path = input_rel->cheapest_total_path;
    8746             : 
    8747             :     /* Estimate number of output rows */
    8748        8744 :     unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
    8749             :                                            sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
    8750             :                                            cheapest_input_path->rows,
    8751             :                                            NULL,
    8752             :                                            NULL);
    8753             : 
    8754             :     /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
    8755        8744 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8756             :     {
    8757             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8758             : 
    8759             :         /*
    8760             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    8761             :          * sorting the cheapest-total path and incremental sort on any paths
    8762             :          * with presorted keys.
    8763             :          *
    8764             :          * To save planning time, we ignore parameterized input paths unless
    8765             :          * they are the cheapest-total path.
    8766             :          */
    8767       19056 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->pathlist)
    8768             :         {
    8769       10312 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8770             :             Path       *path;
    8771             :             bool        is_sorted;
    8772             :             int         presorted_keys;
    8773             : 
    8774             :             /*
    8775             :              * Ignore parameterized paths that are not the cheapest-total
    8776             :              * path.
    8777             :              */
    8778       10312 :             if (input_path->param_info &&
    8779             :                 input_path != cheapest_input_path)
    8780         922 :                 continue;
    8781             : 
    8782        9440 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
    8783             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    8784             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    8785             : 
    8786             :             /*
    8787             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    8788             :              * they are the cheapest total path (no need to deal with paths
    8789             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    8790             :              */
    8791        9440 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_input_path &&
    8792          98 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    8793          50 :                 continue;
    8794             : 
    8795             :             /*
    8796             :              * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8797             :              */
    8798        9390 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8799             :                                                    unique_rel,
    8800             :                                                    input_path,
    8801        9390 :                                                    unique_rel->reltarget);
    8802             : 
    8803        9390 :             if (!is_sorted)
    8804             :             {
    8805             :                 /*
    8806             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    8807             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    8808             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    8809             :                  */
    8810        4982 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    8811        4934 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    8812             :                                                      unique_rel,
    8813             :                                                      path,
    8814             :                                                      sortPathkeys,
    8815             :                                                      -1.0);
    8816             :                 else
    8817          48 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    8818             :                                                                  unique_rel,
    8819             :                                                                  path,
    8820             :                                                                  sortPathkeys,
    8821             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    8822             :                                                                  -1.0);
    8823             :             }
    8824             : 
    8825        9390 :             path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, unique_rel, path,
    8826             :                                                list_length(sortPathkeys),
    8827             :                                                unique_rel->rows);
    8828             : 
    8829        9390 :             add_path(unique_rel, path);
    8830             :         }
    8831             :     }
    8832             : 
    8833             :     /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
    8834        8744 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8835             :     {
    8836             :         Path       *path;
    8837             : 
    8838             :         /*
    8839             :          * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8840             :          */
    8841        8744 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8842             :                                                unique_rel,
    8843             :                                                cheapest_input_path,
    8844        8744 :                                                unique_rel->reltarget);
    8845             : 
    8846        8744 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    8847             :                                         unique_rel,
    8848             :                                         path,
    8849             :                                         cheapest_input_path->pathtarget,
    8850             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    8851             :                                         AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    8852             :                                         groupClause,
    8853             :                                         NIL,
    8854             :                                         NULL,
    8855             :                                         unique_rel->rows);
    8856             : 
    8857        8744 :         add_path(unique_rel, path);
    8858             :     }
    8859        8744 : }
    8860             : 
    8861             : /*
    8862             :  * create_partial_unique_paths
    8863             :  *    Create unique paths in 'unique_rel' based on 'input_rel' partial_pathlist
    8864             :  */
    8865             : static void
    8866        4996 : create_partial_unique_paths(PlannerInfo *root, RelOptInfo *input_rel,
    8867             :                             List *sortPathkeys, List *groupClause,
    8868             :                             SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo, RelOptInfo *unique_rel)
    8869             : {
    8870             :     RelOptInfo *partial_unique_rel;
    8871             :     Path       *cheapest_partial_path;
    8872             : 
    8873             :     /* nothing to do when there are no partial paths in the input rel */
    8874        4996 :     if (!input_rel->consider_parallel || input_rel->partial_pathlist == NIL)
    8875        1248 :         return;
    8876             : 
    8877             :     /*
    8878             :      * nothing to do if there's anything in the targetlist that's
    8879             :      * parallel-restricted.
    8880             :      */
    8881        3748 :     if (!is_parallel_safe(root, (Node *) unique_rel->reltarget->exprs))
    8882           0 :         return;
    8883             : 
    8884        3748 :     cheapest_partial_path = linitial(input_rel->partial_pathlist);
    8885             : 
    8886        3748 :     partial_unique_rel = makeNode(RelOptInfo);
    8887        3748 :     memcpy(partial_unique_rel, input_rel, sizeof(RelOptInfo));
    8888             : 
    8889             :     /*
    8890             :      * clear path info
    8891             :      */
    8892        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->pathlist = NIL;
    8893        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->ppilist = NIL;
    8894        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist = NIL;
    8895        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_startup_path = NULL;
    8896        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_total_path = NULL;
    8897        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->cheapest_parameterized_paths = NIL;
    8898             : 
    8899             :     /* Estimate number of output rows */
    8900        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->rows = estimate_num_groups(root,
    8901             :                                                    sjinfo->semi_rhs_exprs,
    8902             :                                                    cheapest_partial_path->rows,
    8903             :                                                    NULL,
    8904             :                                                    NULL);
    8905        3748 :     partial_unique_rel->reltarget = unique_rel->reltarget;
    8906             : 
    8907             :     /* Consider sort-based implementations, if possible. */
    8908        3748 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_btree)
    8909             :     {
    8910             :         ListCell   *lc;
    8911             : 
    8912             :         /*
    8913             :          * Use any available suitably-sorted path as input, and also consider
    8914             :          * sorting the cheapest partial path and incremental sort on any paths
    8915             :          * with presorted keys.
    8916             :          */
    8917        7808 :         foreach(lc, input_rel->partial_pathlist)
    8918             :         {
    8919        4060 :             Path       *input_path = (Path *) lfirst(lc);
    8920             :             Path       *path;
    8921             :             bool        is_sorted;
    8922             :             int         presorted_keys;
    8923             : 
    8924        4060 :             is_sorted = pathkeys_count_contained_in(sortPathkeys,
    8925             :                                                     input_path->pathkeys,
    8926             :                                                     &presorted_keys);
    8927             : 
    8928             :             /*
    8929             :              * Ignore paths that are not suitably or partially sorted, unless
    8930             :              * they are the cheapest partial path (no need to deal with paths
    8931             :              * which have presorted keys when incremental sort is disabled).
    8932             :              */
    8933        4060 :             if (!is_sorted && input_path != cheapest_partial_path &&
    8934           0 :                 (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort))
    8935           0 :                 continue;
    8936             : 
    8937             :             /*
    8938             :              * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8939             :              */
    8940        4060 :             path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8941             :                                                    partial_unique_rel,
    8942             :                                                    input_path,
    8943        4060 :                                                    partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
    8944             : 
    8945        4060 :             if (!is_sorted)
    8946             :             {
    8947             :                 /*
    8948             :                  * We've no need to consider both a sort and incremental sort.
    8949             :                  * We'll just do a sort if there are no presorted keys and an
    8950             :                  * incremental sort when there are presorted keys.
    8951             :                  */
    8952        3700 :                 if (presorted_keys == 0 || !enable_incremental_sort)
    8953        3700 :                     path = (Path *) create_sort_path(root,
    8954             :                                                      partial_unique_rel,
    8955             :                                                      path,
    8956             :                                                      sortPathkeys,
    8957             :                                                      -1.0);
    8958             :                 else
    8959           0 :                     path = (Path *) create_incremental_sort_path(root,
    8960             :                                                                  partial_unique_rel,
    8961             :                                                                  path,
    8962             :                                                                  sortPathkeys,
    8963             :                                                                  presorted_keys,
    8964             :                                                                  -1.0);
    8965             :             }
    8966             : 
    8967        4060 :             path = (Path *) create_unique_path(root, partial_unique_rel, path,
    8968             :                                                list_length(sortPathkeys),
    8969             :                                                partial_unique_rel->rows);
    8970             : 
    8971        4060 :             add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
    8972             :         }
    8973             :     }
    8974             : 
    8975             :     /* Consider hash-based implementation, if possible. */
    8976        3748 :     if (sjinfo->semi_can_hash)
    8977             :     {
    8978             :         Path       *path;
    8979             : 
    8980             :         /*
    8981             :          * Make a separate ProjectionPath in case we need a Result node.
    8982             :          */
    8983        3748 :         path = (Path *) create_projection_path(root,
    8984             :                                                partial_unique_rel,
    8985             :                                                cheapest_partial_path,
    8986        3748 :                                                partial_unique_rel->reltarget);
    8987             : 
    8988        3748 :         path = (Path *) create_agg_path(root,
    8989             :                                         partial_unique_rel,
    8990             :                                         path,
    8991             :                                         cheapest_partial_path->pathtarget,
    8992             :                                         AGG_HASHED,
    8993             :                                         AGGSPLIT_SIMPLE,
    8994             :                                         groupClause,
    8995             :                                         NIL,
    8996             :                                         NULL,
    8997             :                                         partial_unique_rel->rows);
    8998             : 
    8999        3748 :         add_partial_path(partial_unique_rel, path);
    9000             :     }
    9001             : 
    9002        3748 :     if (partial_unique_rel->partial_pathlist != NIL)
    9003             :     {
    9004        3748 :         generate_useful_gather_paths(root, partial_unique_rel, true);
    9005        3748 :         set_cheapest(partial_unique_rel);
    9006             : 
    9007             :         /*
    9008             :          * Finally, create paths to unique-ify the final result.  This step is
    9009             :          * needed to remove any duplicates due to combining rows from parallel
    9010             :          * workers.
    9011             :          */
    9012        3748 :         create_final_unique_paths(root, partial_unique_rel,
    9013             :                                   sortPathkeys, groupClause,
    9014             :                                   sjinfo, unique_rel);
    9015             :     }
    9016             : }
    9017             : 
    9018             : /*
    9019             :  * Choose a unique name for some subroot.
    9020             :  *
    9021             :  * Modifies glob->subplanNames to track names already used.
    9022             :  */
    9023             : char *
    9024       85612 : choose_plan_name(PlannerGlobal *glob, const char *name, bool always_number)
    9025             : {
    9026             :     unsigned    n;
    9027             : 
    9028             :     /*
    9029             :      * If a numeric suffix is not required, then search the list of
    9030             :      * previously-assigned names for a match. If none is found, then we can
    9031             :      * use the provided name without modification.
    9032             :      */
    9033       85612 :     if (!always_number)
    9034             :     {
    9035       26738 :         bool        found = false;
    9036             : 
    9037       64064 :         foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
    9038             :         {
    9039       16324 :             if (strcmp(subplan_name, name) == 0)
    9040             :             {
    9041        5736 :                 found = true;
    9042        5736 :                 break;
    9043             :             }
    9044             :         }
    9045             : 
    9046       26738 :         if (!found)
    9047             :         {
    9048             :             /* pstrdup here is just to avoid cast-away-const */
    9049       21002 :             char       *chosen_name = pstrdup(name);
    9050             : 
    9051       21002 :             glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, chosen_name);
    9052       21002 :             return chosen_name;
    9053             :         }
    9054             :     }
    9055             : 
    9056             :     /*
    9057             :      * If a numeric suffix is required or if the un-suffixed name is already
    9058             :      * in use, then loop until we find a positive integer that produces a
    9059             :      * novel name.
    9060             :      */
    9061       64610 :     for (n = 1; true; ++n)
    9062       55722 :     {
    9063      120332 :         char       *proposed_name = psprintf("%s_%u", name, n);
    9064      120332 :         bool        found = false;
    9065             : 
    9066      459140 :         foreach_ptr(char, subplan_name, glob->subplanNames)
    9067             :         {
    9068      274198 :             if (strcmp(subplan_name, proposed_name) == 0)
    9069             :             {
    9070       55722 :                 found = true;
    9071       55722 :                 break;
    9072             :             }
    9073             :         }
    9074             : 
    9075      120332 :         if (!found)
    9076             :         {
    9077       64610 :             glob->subplanNames = lappend(glob->subplanNames, proposed_name);
    9078       64610 :             return proposed_name;
    9079             :         }
    9080             : 
    9081       55722 :         pfree(proposed_name);
    9082             :     }
    9083             : }

Generated by: LCOV version 1.16